RELEASE_NOTES revision 73188
1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.561.2.5.2.208 2001/02/26 21:24:54 gshapiro Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 10 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 11 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 12 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 13 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 14 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 15 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 16 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 17 communications consulting gmbh. 18 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 19 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 20 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 21 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 22 connection came in from the command line. 23 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 24 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 25 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 26 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 27 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 28 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 29 when they were committed. 30 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 31 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 32 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 33 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 34 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 35 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 36 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 37 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 38 University. 39 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 40 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 41 accept() completes. 42 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 43 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 44 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 45 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 46 Wellcome. 47 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 48 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 49 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 50 University. 51 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 52 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 53 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 54 University of New Brunswick. 55 Portability: 56 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 57 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 58 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 59 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 60 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 61 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 62 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 63 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 64 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 65 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 66 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 67 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 68 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 69 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 70 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 71 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 72 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 73 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 74 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 75 Institute. 76 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 77 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 78 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 79 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 80 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 81 Renamed Files: 82 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 83 848.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 85 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 86 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 87 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 88 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 89 Schools" project (IdS). 90 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 91 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 92 be enabled by compiling with: 93 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 94 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 95 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 96 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 97 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 98 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 99 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 100 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 101 Colby College. 102 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 103 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 104 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 105 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 106 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 107 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 108 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 109 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 110 NxNetworks, Inc. 111 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 112 client name. 113 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 114 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 115 the Universitat Regensburg. 116 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 117 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 118 University of Arizona. 119 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 120 of Collective Technologies. 121 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 122 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 123 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 124 Engineering. 125 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 126 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 127 Meteorological Institute. 128 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 129 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 130 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 131 Meteorological Institute. 132 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 133 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 134 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 135 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 136 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 137 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 138 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 139 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 140 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 141 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 142 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 143 overall connections, not the number of connections per 144 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 145 counting. 146 Portability: 147 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 148 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 149 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 150 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 151 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 152 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 153 Rosenman. 154 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 155 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 156 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 157 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 158 of Pacific Access. 159 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 160 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 161 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 162 Microsystems. 163 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 164 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 165 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 166 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 167 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 168 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 169 implicitly assume canonical host names. 170 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 171 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 172 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 173 Virginia Tech. 174 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 175 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 176 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 177 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 178 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 179 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 180 gmbh. 181 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 182 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 183 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 184 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 185 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 186 of Kyoto University. 187 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 188 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 189 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 190 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 191 version. 192 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 193 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 194 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 195 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 196 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 197 or *-owner. 198 New Files: 199 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 200 contrib/buildvirtuser 201 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 202 2038.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 204 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 205 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 206 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 207 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 208 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 209 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 210 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 211 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 212 wildcards. 213 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 214 process may close the connection before the child process 215 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 216 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 217 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 218 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 219 read the LDAP secret from a file. 220 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 221 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 222 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 223 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 224 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 225 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 226 of EarthLink. 227 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 228 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 229 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 230 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 231 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 232 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 233 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 234 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 235 Fournier of Acadia University. 236 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 237 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 238 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 239 one of the others may be able to take over. 240 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 241 previous load average query result. 242 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 243 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 244 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 245 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 246 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 247 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 248 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 249 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 250 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 251 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 252 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 253 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 254 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 255 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 256 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 257 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 258 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 259 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 260 University of British Columbia. 261 Portability: 262 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 263 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 264 override the setting. Suggested by 265 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 266 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 267 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 268 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 269 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 270 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 271 College. 272 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 273 Tom Moore of NCR. 274 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 275 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 276 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 277 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 278 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 279 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 280 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 281 Consulting. 282 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 283 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 284 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 285 errors in the MAIL address. 286 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 287 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 288 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 289 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 290 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 291 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 292 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 293 Ericsson. 294 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 295 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 296 mailer as described in cf/README. 297 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 298 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 299 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 300 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 301 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 302 sendmail. 303 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 304 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 305 Meteorological Institute. 306 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 307 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 308 dot as the only character on the line. 309 New Files: 310 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 311 3128.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 313 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 314 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 315 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 316 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 317 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 318 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 319 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 320 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 321 it populates. It is possible that some broken 322 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 323 Systems in this category should compile with 324 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 325 system and report broken implementations to 326 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 327 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 328 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 329 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 330 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 331 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 332 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 333 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 334 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 335 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 336 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 337 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 338 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 339 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 340 random data. 341 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 342 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 343 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 344 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 345 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 346 Martin of CMU. 347 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 348 strength factor. 349 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 350 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 351 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 352 of CMU. 353 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 354 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 355 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 356 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 357 documented, unless a family is specified in a 358 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 359 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 360 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 361 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 362 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 363 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 364 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 365 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 366 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 367 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 368 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 369 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 370 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 371 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 372 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 373 of Sun Microsystems. 374 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 375 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 376 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 377 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 378 the incoming information in the queue file for later 379 delivery attempts. 380 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 381 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 382 smoe.org. 383 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 384 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 385 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 386 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 387 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 388 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 389 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 390 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 391 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 392 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 393 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 394 Hedeland of Ericsson. 395 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 396 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 397 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 398 of Northern Illinois University. 399 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 400 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 401 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 402 to kilobyte units. 403 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 404 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 405 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 406 Polytechnic. 407 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 408 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 409 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 410 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 411 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 412 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 413 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 414 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 415 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 416 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 417 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 418 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 419 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 420 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 421 G. Thomas Consulting. 422 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 423 port number (113). 424 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 425 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 426 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 427 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 428 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 429 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 430 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 431 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 432 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 433 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 434 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 435 University of Mainz. 436 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 437 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 438 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 439 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 440 Portability: 441 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 442 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 443 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 444 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 445 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 446 work properly causing problems if the accept() 447 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 448 from Tom Moore of NCR. 449 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 450 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 451 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 452 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 453 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 454 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 455 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 456 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 457 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 458 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 459 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 460 confCACERT CACERTFile 461 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 462 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 463 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 464 confRAND_FILE RandFile 465 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 466 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 467 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 468 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 469 cf/README for more information. 470 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 471 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 472 called due to a STARTTLS command. 473 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 474 instead of temporary. 475 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 476 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 477 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 478 Consulting. 479 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 480 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 481 RootsWeb.com. 482 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 483 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 484 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 485 University of Maryland. 486 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 487 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 488 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 489 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 490 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 491 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 492 of the University of Alberta. 493 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 494 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 495 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 496 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 497 of X.509 certificates. 498 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 499 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 500 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 501 Universitat Regensburg. 502 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 503 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 504 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 505 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 506 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 507 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 508 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 509 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 510 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 511 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 512 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 513 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 514 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 515 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 516 University. 517 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 518 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 519 links. 520 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 521 reported. 522 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 523 Denman Tire Corporation. 524 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 525 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 526 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 527 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 528 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 529 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 530 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 531 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 532 have a From line. 533 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 534 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 535 Added Files: 536 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 537 contrib/cidrexpand 538 contrib/link_hash.sh 539 contrib/movemail.conf 540 contrib/movemail.pl 541 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 542 test/t_snprintf.c 543 5448.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 545 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 546 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 547 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 548 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 549 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 550 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 551 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 552 Added Files: 553 test/t_setuid.c 554 5558.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 556 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 557 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 558 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 559 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 560 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 561 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 562 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 563 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 564 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 565 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 566 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 567 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 568 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 569 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 570 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 571 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 572 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 573 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 574 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 575 or higher. 576 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 577 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 578 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 579 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 580 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 581 Polytechnic Institute. 582 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 583 discards the message. 584 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 585 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 586 attempted to the alias. 587 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 588 flag options. 589 Portability: 590 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 591 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 592 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 593 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 594 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 595 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 596 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 597 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 598 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 599 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 600 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 601 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 602 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 603 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 604 Services, LLC. 605 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 606 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 607 Courtesan Consulting. 608 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 609 Siemens Business Services. 610 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 611 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 612 of WSRCC. 613 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 614 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 615 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 616 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 617 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 618 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 619 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 620 of NEC. 621 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 622 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 623 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 624 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 625 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 626 Virginia Tech. 627 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 628 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 629 University. 630 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 631 for other internal projects but included in the open source 632 release. 633 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 634 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 635 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 636 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 637 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 638 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 639 Sendmail. 640 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 641 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 642 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 643 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 644 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 645 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 646 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 647 Northern Illinois University. 648 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 649 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 650 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 651 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 652 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 653 Polytechnique de Montreal. 654 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 655 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 656 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 657 Added Files: 658 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 659 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 660 Deleted Files: 661 contrib/converting.sun.configs 662 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 663 doc/intro 664 doc/usenix 665 doc/changes 666 6678.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 668 ************************************************************* 669 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 670 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 671 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 672 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 673 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 674 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 675 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 676 * coach, and a friend. * 677 * * 678 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 679 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 680 * Julie, we miss you! * 681 ************************************************************* 682 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 683 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 684 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 685 symbolic link target. 686 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 687 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 688 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 689 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 690 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 691 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 692 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 693 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 694 version of sendmail. 695 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 696 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 697 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 698 (IdS). 699 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 700 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 701 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 702 for easier code sharing among the programs. 703 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 704 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 705 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 706 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 707 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 708 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 709 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 710 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 711 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 712 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 713 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 714 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 715 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 716 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 717 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 718 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 719 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 720 now listen on several different ports. Use: 721 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 722 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 723 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 724 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 725 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 726 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 727 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 728 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 729 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 730 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 731 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 732 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 733 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 734 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 735 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 736 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 737 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 738 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 739 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 740 accordingly. 741 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 742 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 743 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 744 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 745 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 746 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 747 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 748 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 749 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 750 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 751 InCert Software. 752 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 753 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 754 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 755 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 756 a control socket request. 757 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 758 settings: 759 Timeout.resolver.retrans 760 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 761 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 762 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 763 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 764 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 765 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 766 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 767 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 768 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 769 delivery attempt. 770 Timeout.resolver.retry 771 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 772 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 773 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 774 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 775 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 776 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 777 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 778 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 779 query for all resolver lookups except the first 780 delivery attempt. 781 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 782 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 783 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 784 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 785 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 786 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 787 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 788 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 789 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 790 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 791 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 792 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 793 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 794 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 795 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 796 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 797 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 798 Telecommunications Ltd. 799 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 800 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 801 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 802 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 803 Inc. 804 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 805 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 806 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 807 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 808 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 809 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 810 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 811 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 812 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 813 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 814 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 815 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 816 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 817 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 818 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 819 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 820 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 821 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 822 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 823 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 824 Ltd. 825 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 826 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 827 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 828 example mailer might be: 829 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 830 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 831 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 832 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 833 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 834 instead. 835 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 836 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 837 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 838 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 839 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 840 flags. 841 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 842 body of the original message on delivery status 843 notifications. 844 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 845 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 846 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 847 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 848 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 849 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 850 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 851 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 852 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 853 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 854 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 855 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 856 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 857 Conwell of Boston University. 858 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 859 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 860 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 861 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 862 @Home Network. 863 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 864 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 865 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 866 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 867 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 868 similar to check_rcpt etc. 869 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 870 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 871 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 872 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 873 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 874 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 875 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 876 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 877 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 878 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 879 Mathias Herberts. 880 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 881 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 882 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 883 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 884 in check_compat). 885 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 886 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 887 option. 888 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 889 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 890 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 891 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 892 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 893 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 894 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 895 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 896 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 897 is set. 898 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 899 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 900 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 901 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 902 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 903 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 904 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 905 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 906 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 907 a denial-of-service attack. 908 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 909 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 910 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 911 overflow attacks. 912 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 913 alias recursion. 914 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 915 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 916 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 917 directly before the newline. 918 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 919 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 920 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 921 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 922 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 923 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 924 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 925 could not be opened. 926 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 927 value of this option is macro expanded. 928 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 929 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 930 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 931 (along with the already existing macros): 932 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 933 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 934 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 935 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 936 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 937 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 938 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 939 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 940 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 941 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 942 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 943 loopback net. 944 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 945 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 946 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 947 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 948 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 949 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 950 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 951 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 952 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 953 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 954 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 955 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 956 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 957 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 958 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 959 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 960 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 961 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 962 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 963 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 964 Ericsson. 965 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 966 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 967 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 968 of Ericsson. 969 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 970 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 971 of Renaissance Internet Services. 972 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 973 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 974 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 975 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 976 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 977 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 978 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 979 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 980 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 981 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 982 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 983 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 984 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 985 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 986 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 987 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 988 equate name. 989 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 990 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 991 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 992 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 993 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 994 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 995 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 996 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 997 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 998 David Cooley of Colby College. 999 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 1000 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 1001 already decided the message will be passed to another host 1002 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 1003 Buckeridge Young Limited. 1004 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 1005 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 1006 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 1007 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 1008 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 1009 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 1010 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 1011 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 1012 of Stanford University. 1013 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 1014 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 1015 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 1016 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 1017 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 1018 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 1019 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 1020 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 1021 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 1022 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 1023 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 1024 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 1025 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 1026 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 1027 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 1028 attributes found in the match will be returned. 1029 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 1030 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 1031 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 1032 comma separated key and value strings. 1033 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 1034 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 1035 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 1036 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 1037 a single connection to that host. 1038 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 1039 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 1040 LDAP lookups. 1041 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 1042 resources. 1043 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 1044 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 1045 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 1046 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 1047 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 1048 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 1049 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 1050 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 1051 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 1052 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 1053 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 1054 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 1055 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 1056 with the name "*". 1057 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 1058 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 1059 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 1060 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 1061 matches to return. 1062 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 1063 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 1064 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 1065 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 1066 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 1067 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 1068 are defined. 1069 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 1070 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 1071 Tech. 1072 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 1073 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 1074 important if you have large classes. 1075 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 1076 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 1077 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1078 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 1079 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 1080 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 1081 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 1082 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 1083 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 1084 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 1085 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 1086 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 1087 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 1088 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 1089 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 1090 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 1091 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 1092 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 1093 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 1094 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 1095 determined). For single processor machines, this change 1096 has no effect. 1097 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 1098 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1099 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 1100 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1101 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 1102 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 1103 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 1104 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 1105 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 1106 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 1107 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 1108 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 1109 connection-based denial of service attacks. 1110 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 1111 10 or higher. 1112 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 1113 information (from= syslog line). 1114 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 1115 equate (dsn=). 1116 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 1117 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More 1118 information is available at 1119 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark 1120 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1121 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 1122 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 1123 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1124 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 1125 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1126 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 1127 the program as the default user and the default group, not 1128 the forward file user. This change also assures the 1129 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 1130 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 1131 Popovici of DNT Romania. 1132 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 1133 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 1134 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 1135 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 1136 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 1137 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 1138 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 1139 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 1140 helpful to know the sender of the message. 1141 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 1142 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1143 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 1144 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 1145 multiple files. 1146 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 1147 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 1148 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 1149 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 1150 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 1151 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 1152 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 1153 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 1154 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 1155 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 1156 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 1157 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 1158 length before the attempt. 1159 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 1160 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 1161 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 1162 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 1163 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 1164 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 1165 host status files, not all files. 1166 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 1167 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 1168 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 1169 Wonderworks Inc. 1170 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 1171 macro map class. This can be used to store information 1172 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 1173 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 1174 of Hannover. 1175 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 1176 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 1177 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 1178 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 1179 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 1180 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 1181 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 1182 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 1183 flag: 1184 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 1185 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 1186 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 1187 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 1188 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 1189 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 1190 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 1191 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 1192 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 1193 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 1194 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 1195 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 1196 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 1197 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 1198 version. 1199 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 1200 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 1201 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 1202 if referencing a named ruleset. 1203 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 1204 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 1205 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 1206 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 1207 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 1208 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 1209 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 1210 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 1211 the University of Maryland. 1212 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 1213 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 1214 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 1215 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 1216 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 1217 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 1218 COMMANDS). 1219 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 1220 but for outgoing connections. 1221 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 1222 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 1223 a require authentication 1224 b bind to interface through which mail has 1225 been received 1226 c perform hostname canonification 1227 f require fully qualified hostname 1228 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 1229 command 1230 C don't perform hostname canonification 1231 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 1232 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 1233 h use name of interface for HELO command 1234 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 1235 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 1236 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 1237 Institutes of Health. 1238 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 1239 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 1240 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 1241 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 1242 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1243 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 1244 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 1245 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 1246 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 1247 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 1248 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 1249 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 1250 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1251 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 1252 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 1253 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 1254 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 1255 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 1256 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 1257 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 1258 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 1259 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 1260 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 1261 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 1262 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1263 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 1264 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 1265 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 1266 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 1267 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 1268 timeout. 1269 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 1270 interface address structure when loading the system network 1271 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 1272 Nanoteq. 1273 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 1274 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 1275 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 1276 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 1277 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 1278 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 1279 on load average. 1280 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1281 Northern Illinois University. 1282 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 1283 envelope splitting has occurred. 1284 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 1285 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 1286 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 1287 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 1288 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 1289 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1290 Institute. 1291 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 1292 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 1293 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 1294 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 1295 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 1296 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 1297 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1298 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 1299 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1300 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 1301 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1302 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 1303 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 1304 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 1305 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1306 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 1307 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 1308 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 1309 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1310 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 1311 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 1312 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 1313 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1314 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 1315 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 1316 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1317 University. 1318 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 1319 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 1320 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 1321 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 1322 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 1323 ruleset lines as well. 1324 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 1325 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 1326 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 1327 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1328 Institute. 1329 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 1330 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 1331 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 1332 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 1333 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 1334 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 1335 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 1336 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 1337 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 1338 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 1339 of Ericsson. 1340 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 1341 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 1342 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 1343 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1344 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 1345 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 1346 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 1347 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 1348 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 1349 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 1350 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 1351 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 1352 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 1353 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 1354 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 1355 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1356 University. 1357 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 1358 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 1359 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 1360 'sendmail -bs'. 1361 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 1362 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 1363 them in the .cf file. 1364 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 1365 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 1366 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 1367 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 1368 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 1369 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 1370 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 1371 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 1372 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 1373 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 1374 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 1375 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 1376 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 1377 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 1378 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 1379 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 1380 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 1381 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 1382 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 1383 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 1384 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 1385 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 1386 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 1387 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 1388 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 1389 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 1390 Hedeland of Ericsson. 1391 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 1392 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 1393 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 1394 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1395 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 1396 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 1397 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 1398 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 1399 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 1400 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1401 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 1402 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 1403 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 1404 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 1405 don't fail on ANY queries. 1406 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 1407 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 1408 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1409 Northern Illinois University. 1410 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 1411 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 1412 State University. 1413 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 1414 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1415 Northern Illinois University. 1416 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 1417 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 1418 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 1419 Portability: 1420 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 1421 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 1422 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 1423 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 1424 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1425 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 1426 This allows network interface probing to work 1427 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 1428 University of Iowa. 1429 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 1430 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 1431 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 1432 name. 1433 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 1434 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 1435 Virginia Tech. 1436 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 1437 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 1438 Amsterdam. 1439 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 1440 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 1441 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 1442 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 1443 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 1444 in building the operating system. Users can 1445 override the defaults by setting confCC and 1446 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 1447 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 1448 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 1449 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 1450 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 1451 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 1452 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 1453 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 1454 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 1455 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 1456 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 1457 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 1458 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 1459 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 1460 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 1461 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 1462 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 1463 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 1464 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 1465 use that value in conf.h. 1466 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 1467 BITart Consulting. 1468 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 1469 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 1470 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 1471 Computer, Inc. 1472 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 1473 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 1474 of E I A. 1475 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 1476 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 1477 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 1478 fchown(2). 1479 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 1480 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 1481 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 1482 srandomdev(3). 1483 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 1484 setlogin(2). 1485 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 1486 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 1487 Siemens Business Services. 1488 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 1489 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 1490 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 1491 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 1492 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 1493 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 1494 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 1495 Aerospace. 1496 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 1497 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 1498 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 1499 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 1500 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 1501 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 1502 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 1503 University. 1504 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 1505 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 1506 Technology Information Network. 1507 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 1508 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 1509 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 1510 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 1511 and OpenBSD. 1512 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 1513 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 1514 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 1515 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1516 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 1517 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 1518 details. 1519 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 1520 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 1521 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 1522 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 1523 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 1524 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 1525 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-setuid root. This 1526 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 1527 Courtesan Consulting. 1528 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 1529 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 1530 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 1531 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 1532 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 1533 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 1534 multiple times. 1535 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 1536 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 1537 with From:). 1538 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 1539 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 1540 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 1541 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 1542 new functionality. 1543 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 1544 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 1545 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 1546 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 1547 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 1548 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 1549 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 1550 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 1551 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 1552 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 1553 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 1554 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 1555 confPID_FILE PidFile 1556 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 1557 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 1558 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 1559 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 1560 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 1561 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 1562 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 1563 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 1564 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 1565 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 1566 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 1567 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 1568 which takes the options as argument and can be used 1569 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 1570 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 1571 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 1572 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 1573 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 1574 to "IPC $h". 1575 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 1576 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 1577 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 1578 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 1579 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 1580 value should be changed with care. 1581 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 1582 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 1583 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 1584 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 1585 complain. 1586 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 1587 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 1588 of Q7 Enterprises. 1589 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 1590 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 1591 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 1592 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 1593 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 1594 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 1595 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 1596 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 1597 of Northern Illinois University. 1598 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 1599 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 1600 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 1601 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 1602 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 1603 in it. 1604 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 1605 in class 'P' ($=P). 1606 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 1607 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 1608 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 1609 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 1610 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 1611 is added. 1612 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 1613 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 1614 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 1615 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 1616 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 1617 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 1618 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 1619 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 1620 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 1621 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 1622 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 1623 Hubert of University of Washington. 1624 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 1625 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 1626 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 1627 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 1628 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 1629 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 1630 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 1631 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 1632 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 1633 Services. 1634 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 1635 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 1636 Aerospace. 1637 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 1638 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 1639 University and Brian Candler. 1640 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 1641 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1642 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 1643 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1644 Institute. 1645 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 1646 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 1647 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 1648 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 1649 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 1650 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 1651 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 1652 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 1653 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 1654 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1655 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 1656 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 1657 Willamette Industries, Inc. 1658 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 1659 converted to <user@d> 1660 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 1661 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 1662 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 1663 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 1664 performed. 1665 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 1666 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 1667 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1668 Institute. 1669 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 1670 be accessed by their numbers). 1671 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 1672 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 1673 of an address. 1674 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 1675 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 1676 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 1677 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 1678 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 1679 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 1680 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 1681 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 1682 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 1683 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 1684 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 1685 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 1686 Institute. 1687 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 1688 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 1689 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 1690 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 1691 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 1692 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 1693 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 1694 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 1695 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 1696 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 1697 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 1698 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1699 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 1700 University of California at Berkeley. 1701 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 1702 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1703 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 1704 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 1705 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 1706 Corporation UK. 1707 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 1708 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 1709 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 1710 Yale University. 1711 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 1712 be used for building. 1713 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 1714 used for a fresh build. 1715 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 1716 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 1717 ranlib. 1718 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 1719 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 1720 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 1721 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 1722 Costales. 1723 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 1724 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 1725 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 1726 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1727 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 1728 of Siemens Business Services. 1729 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 1730 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 1731 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 1732 torek. 1733 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 1734 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 1735 They should contain the C source files for the object files 1736 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 1737 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 1738 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 1739 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 1740 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 1741 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 1742 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 1743 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 1744 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 1745 are in devtools/README. 1746 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 1747 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1748 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 1749 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 1750 new variable which identifies the root of the source 1751 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 1752 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 1753 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 1754 macro. 1755 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 1756 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 1757 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 1758 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 1759 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 1760 Corporation. 1761 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 1762 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 1763 confMANROOTMAN. 1764 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 1765 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 1766 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 1767 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 1768 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 1769 Communications. 1770 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 1771 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 1772 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 1773 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 1774 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 1775 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 1776 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 1777 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 1778 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 1779 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 1780 install-strip target. 1781 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 1782 the others (if it exists). 1783 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 1784 then the default ones. 1785 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed setuid root. To use mail.local 1786 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 1787 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 1788 to set the S flag. 1789 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 1790 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 1791 Northern Illinois University. 1792 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 1793 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 1794 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1795 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 1796 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 1797 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1798 University. 1799 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 1800 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 1801 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1802 University. 1803 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 1804 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 1805 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 1806 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 1807 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 1808 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 1809 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1810 University. 1811 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 1812 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 1813 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1814 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 1815 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 1816 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 1817 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 1818 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 1819 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 1820 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 1821 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 1822 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 1823 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 1824 Alcatel Australia Limited. 1825 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 1826 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 1827 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1828 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 1829 timeout to avoid starvation. 1830 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 1831 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 1832 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 1833 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 1834 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 1835 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 1836 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 1837 of Maryland. 1838 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 1839 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 1840 sendmail configuration file. 1841 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 1842 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 1843 option. 1844 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 1845 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 1846 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 1847 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 1848 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 1849 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 1850 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 1851 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 1852 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 1853 Corporation UK. 1854 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 1855 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 1856 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 1857 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1858 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 1859 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 1860 Institute for Global Communications. 1861 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 1862 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 1863 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1864 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 1865 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 1866 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1867 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 1868 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 1869 of the Institute for Global Communications. 1870 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 1871 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 1872 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 1873 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 1874 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 1875 Changed Files: 1876 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 1877 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 1878 which execute the actual Build script in 1879 devtools/bin. 1880 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 1881 -mandoc as they were previously. 1882 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 1883 of Build will work (unless parameters are 1884 required for Build). 1885 New Directories: 1886 devtools/M4/UNIX 1887 include 1888 libmilter 1889 libsmdb 1890 libsmutil 1891 vacation 1892 Renamed Directories: 1893 BuildTools => devtools 1894 src => sendmail 1895 Deleted Files: 1896 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 1897 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 1898 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 1899 devtools/OS/SINIX 1900 sendmail/ldap_map.h 1901 New Files: 1902 INSTALL 1903 PGPKEYS 1904 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 1905 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 1906 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 1907 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 1908 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 1909 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 1910 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 1911 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 1912 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 1913 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 1914 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 1915 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 1916 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 1917 contrib/domainmap.m4 1918 contrib/qtool.8 1919 contrib/qtool.pl 1920 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 1921 devtools/M4/list.m4 1922 devtools/M4/string.m4 1923 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 1924 devtools/M4/switch.m4 1925 devtools/OS/Darwin 1926 devtools/OS/GNU 1927 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 1928 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 1929 devtools/OS/m88k 1930 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 1931 mail.local/Makefile 1932 mailstats/Makefile 1933 makemap/Makefile 1934 praliases/Makefile 1935 rmail/Makefile 1936 sendmail/Makefile 1937 sendmail/bf.h 1938 sendmail/bf_portable.c 1939 sendmail/bf_portable.h 1940 sendmail/bf_torek.c 1941 sendmail/bf_torek.h 1942 sendmail/shmticklib.c 1943 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 1944 sendmail/timers.c 1945 sendmail/timers.h 1946 smrsh/Makefile 1947 vacation/Makefile 1948 Renamed Files: 1949 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 1950 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 1951 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 1952 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 1953 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 1954 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 1955 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 1956 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 1957 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 1958 Copied Files: 1959 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 1960 19618.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 1962 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 1963 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 1964 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 1965 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 1966 Schools" project (IdS). 1967 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 1968 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 1969 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 1970 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1971 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 1972 when performing the MIME header length check. This 1973 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 1974 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 1975 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 1976 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 1977 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 1978 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1979 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 1980 ExecPC Internet Systems. 1981 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 1982 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 1983 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 1984 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 1985 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 1986 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 1987 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 1988 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 1989 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 1990 Hedeland of Ericsson. 1991 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 1992 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 1993 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 1994 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 1995 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 1996 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 1997 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 1998 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 1999 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 2000 group of the IETF. 2001 Portability: 2002 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 2003 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 2004 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 2005 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 2006 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 2007 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 2008 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 2009 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 2010 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 2011 Technical University of Denmark. 2012 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 2013 Supercomputer Center. 2014 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 2015 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 2016 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 2017 of Stanford University. 2018 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 2019 between different releases. Back out the 2020 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 2021 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 2022 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 2023 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 2024 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 2025 of Siemens/SNI. 2026 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2027 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 2028 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 2029 University of Brno. 2030 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 2031 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 2032 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2033 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 2034 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 2035 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2036 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 2037 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 2038 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 2039 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 2040 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2041 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 2042 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 2043 MIDS Europe. 2044 New Files: 2045 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 2046 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 2047 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 2048 20498.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 2050 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 2051 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 2052 for a denial of service attack. 2053 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 2054 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 2055 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 2056 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 2057 Corporation UK. 2058 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 2059 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 2060 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 2061 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 2062 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 2063 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 2064 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 2065 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 2066 Internet Services. 2067 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 2068 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 2069 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 2070 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 2071 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 2072 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 2073 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 2074 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 2075 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2076 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 2077 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 2078 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 2079 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 2080 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 2081 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2082 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 2083 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 2084 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 2085 Internet Services. 2086 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 2087 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 2088 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 2089 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 2090 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 2091 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 2092 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 2093 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 2094 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 2095 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 2096 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 2097 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 2098 extended testing. 2099 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 2100 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 2101 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 2102 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 2103 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 2104 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2105 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 2106 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 2107 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 2108 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 2109 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 2110 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 2111 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 2112 Network. 2113 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 2114 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 2115 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 2116 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 2117 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 2118 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 2119 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2120 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 2121 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 2122 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 2123 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 2124 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 2125 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 2126 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 2127 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 2128 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 2129 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2130 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 2131 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2132 Meteorological Institute. 2133 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 2134 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 2135 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 2136 Portability: 2137 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 2138 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 2139 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 2140 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 2141 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 2142 reading network interface addresses into 2143 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 2144 Cal State University, Chico. 2145 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 2146 from changing the semantics of the compiled 2147 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 2148 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 2149 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 2150 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 2151 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 2152 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 2153 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 2154 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 2155 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 2156 of Sun Microsystems. 2157 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 2158 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2159 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 2160 of Bits Co., Ltd. 2161 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 2162 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2163 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 2164 of E I A. 2165 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 2166 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 2167 Information Center. 2168 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 2169 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 2170 Institute. 2171 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 2172 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 2173 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 2174 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 2175 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2176 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 2177 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 2178 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 2179 Manawatu Internet Services. 2180 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 2181 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 2182 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 2183 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 2184 of Northern Illinois University. 2185 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 2186 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 2187 Kiel. 2188 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 2189 Dot Com. 2190 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 2191 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 2192 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2193 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 2194 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 2195 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 2196 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 2197 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 2198 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2199 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 2200 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 2201 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 2202 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2203 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 2204 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2205 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 2206 the envelope From header. 2207 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 2208 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 2209 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 2210 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 2211 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 2212 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 2213 Portal Services, Inc. 2214 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 2215 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 2216 Sun Microsystems. 2217 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 2218 New Files: 2219 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 2220 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 2221 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 2222 contrib/smcontrol.pl 2223 src/control.c 2224 22258.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 2226 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 2227 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 2228 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 2229 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 2230 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 2231 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 2232 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2233 Meteorological Institute. 2234 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 2235 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 2236 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2237 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 2238 installation commands. The man pages would still be 2239 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 2240 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 2241 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 2242 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 2243 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 2244 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 2245 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 2246 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 2247 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 2248 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 2249 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 2250 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 2251 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 2252 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 2253 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 2254 Flextech TV. 2255 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 2256 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 2257 DaveLtd Enterprises. 2258 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 2259 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 2260 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 2261 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 2262 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 2263 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 2264 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 2265 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 2266 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 2267 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 2268 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 2269 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 2270 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 2271 University. 2272 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 2273 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 2274 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 2275 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 2276 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 2277 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 2278 Portability: 2279 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 2280 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 2281 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 2282 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 2283 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 2284 of BSDI. 2285 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 2286 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 2287 PICT Inc. 2288 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 2289 J. P. McCann of E I A. 2290 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 2291 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 2292 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 2293 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 2294 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 2295 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2296 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 2297 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 2298 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 2299 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 2300 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 2301 would not accept @@hostname. 2302 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 2303 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 2304 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 2305 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 2306 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2307 New Files: 2308 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 2309 23108.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 2311 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 2312 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 2313 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 2314 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 2315 which need the ability to override security can use the 2316 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 2317 information. 2318 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 2319 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 2320 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 2321 world writable directories. 2322 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 2323 it is in a world writable directory. 2324 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 2325 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 2326 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 2327 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 2328 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 2329 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 2330 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 2331 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 2332 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 2333 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 2334 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 2335 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 2336 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 2337 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 2338 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 2339 default. 2340 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-setuid binaries 2341 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 2342 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 2343 the University of Maryland. 2344 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 2345 of Cal State University, Chico. 2346 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 2347 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 2348 current version of Berkeley DB. 2349 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 2350 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2351 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 2352 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 2353 of Maryland. 2354 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 2355 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 2356 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 2357 Microsystems. 2358 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 2359 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 2360 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 2361 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 2362 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 2363 mail.local on the F=z flag. 2364 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 2365 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 2366 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 2367 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 2368 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 2369 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 2370 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 2371 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 2372 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 2373 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 2374 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 2375 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 2376 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2377 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 2378 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 2379 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 2380 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 2381 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 2382 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 2383 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 2384 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 2385 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 2386 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 2387 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 2388 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 2389 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 2390 relaying entirely. 2391 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 2392 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 2393 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 2394 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 2395 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 2396 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 2397 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 2398 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2399 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 2400 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 2401 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 2402 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 2403 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2404 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 2405 sender for those failures. 2406 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 2407 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 2408 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 2409 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 2410 of Ericsson. 2411 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 2412 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 2413 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 2414 of Procter & Gamble. 2415 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 2416 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 2417 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 2418 of Procter & Gamble. 2419 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 2420 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 2421 of system security. This should only be used if you are 2422 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 2423 DontBlameSendmail options are: 2424 Safe 2425 AssumeSafeChown 2426 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 2427 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 2428 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 2429 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 2430 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 2431 GroupWritableAliasFile 2432 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 2433 WorldWritableAliasFile 2434 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 2435 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 2436 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 2437 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 2438 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 2439 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 2440 MapInUnsafeDirPath 2441 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 2442 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 2443 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 2444 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 2445 LinkedMapInWritableDir 2446 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 2447 FileDeliveryToHardLink 2448 FileDeliveryToSymLink 2449 WriteMapToHardLink 2450 WriteMapToSymLink 2451 WriteStatsToHardLink 2452 WriteStatsToSymLink 2453 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 2454 RunWritableProgram 2455 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 2456 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 2457 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 2458 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 2459 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 2460 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 2461 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 2462 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 2463 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 2464 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 2465 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 2466 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 2467 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 2468 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 2469 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 2470 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 2471 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 2472 contrast to the success case). 2473 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 2474 of the form: 2475 HHeader: $>Ruleset 2476 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 2477 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 2478 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 2479 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 2480 from hiding their connection information in Received: 2481 headers. 2482 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 2483 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 2484 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 2485 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 2486 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 2487 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 2488 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 2489 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 2490 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 2491 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 2492 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 2493 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 2494 remote identity can be queried. 2495 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 2496 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 2497 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 2498 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2499 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 2500 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 2501 some of the details are determined dynamically via 2502 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 2503 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 2504 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 2505 the new Build method which creates an operating system 2506 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 2507 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 2508 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 2509 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 2510 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 2511 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 2512 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2513 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 2514 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 2515 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 2516 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 2517 This means that even if only one of the recipients 2518 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 2519 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 2520 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 2521 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 2522 of CNET: The Computer Network. 2523 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 2524 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 2525 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2526 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 2527 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 2528 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 2529 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 2530 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 2531 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 2532 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 2533 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 2534 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 2535 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2536 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 2537 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 2538 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2539 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 2540 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 2541 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 2542 Institute. 2543 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 2544 mail.local. 2545 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 2546 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 2547 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 2548 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 2549 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 2550 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2551 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 2552 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 2553 of InfoBeat, Inc. 2554 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 2555 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 2556 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 2557 mailstats command. 2558 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 2559 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 2560 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 2561 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 2562 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 2563 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 2564 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2565 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 2566 Ericsson. 2567 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 2568 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 2569 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 2570 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 2571 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 2572 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 2573 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 2574 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 2575 Stratus Computer, Inc. 2576 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 2577 currently supported version. 2578 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 2579 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 2580 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 2581 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 2582 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 2583 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2584 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 2585 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 2586 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 2587 message in error bounces. 2588 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 2589 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 2590 Digital Equipment Corporation. 2591 Portability: 2592 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 2593 of Kyoto University. 2594 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 2595 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 2596 Maryland. 2597 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 2598 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 2599 in Finland. 2600 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 2601 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 2602 the University of Maryland. 2603 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 2604 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 2605 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2606 Meteorological Institute. 2607 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 2608 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 2609 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 2610 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 2611 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 2612 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 2613 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 2614 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 2615 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 2616 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 2617 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 2618 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2619 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 2620 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 2621 Microsystems. 2622 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 2623 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 2624 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 2625 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2626 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 2627 directory for certain programs. 2628 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 2629 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 2630 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 2631 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 2632 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 2633 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 2634 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 2635 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 2636 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 2637 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 2638 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 2639 the user to setup different .forward files for 2640 user+detail addressing. 2641 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 2642 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 2643 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 2644 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 2645 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 2646 outside your domain). 2647 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 2648 any site to any site. 2649 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 2650 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 2651 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 2652 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 2653 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 2654 feature. This database give you the ability to allow 2655 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 2656 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 2657 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 2658 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 2659 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 2660 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 2661 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 2662 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 2663 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 2664 host names only. 2665 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 2666 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 2667 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 2668 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 2669 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 2670 needed for most installations. 2671 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 2672 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 2673 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 2674 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 2675 the University of Maryland. 2676 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 2677 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 2678 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 2679 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 2680 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 2681 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 2682 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 2683 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 2684 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 2685 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 2686 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 2687 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 2688 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 2689 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 2690 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 2691 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 2692 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 2693 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 2694 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 2695 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 2696 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 2697 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 2698 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 2699 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 2700 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 2701 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 2702 above for more information. 2703 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 2704 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2705 Meteorological Institute. 2706 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 2707 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 2708 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 2709 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 2710 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2711 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 2712 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 2713 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 2714 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 2715 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 2716 MustQuoteChars respectively. 2717 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 2718 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 2719 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 2720 CMU (now of Netscape). 2721 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 2722 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 2723 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 2724 read mail.local/README. 2725 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 2726 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 2727 University of Maryland. 2728 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 2729 University, Chico. 2730 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2731 Meteorological Institute. 2732 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 2733 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 2734 University of Maryland. 2735 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 2736 such as linked files in world writable directories. 2737 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 2738 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 2739 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 2740 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 2741 Braunschweig. 2742 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 2743 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 2744 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2745 Changed Files: 2746 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 2747 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 2748 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 2749 New Files: 2750 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 2751 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 2752 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 2753 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 2754 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 2755 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 2756 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 2757 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 2758 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 2759 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 2760 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 2761 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 2762 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 2763 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 2764 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 2765 BuildTools/OS/QNX 2766 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 2767 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 2768 BuildTools/README 2769 BuildTools/Site/README 2770 BuildTools/bin/Build 2771 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 2772 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 2773 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 2774 Makefile 2775 cf/cf/Build 2776 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 2777 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 2778 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 2779 cf/feature/access_db.m4 2780 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 2781 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 2782 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 2783 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 2784 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2785 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 2786 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 2787 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 2788 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 2789 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 2790 contrib/doublebounce.pl 2791 mail.local/Build 2792 mail.local/Makefile.m4 2793 mail.local/README 2794 mailstats/Build 2795 mailstats/Makefile.m4 2796 makemap/Build 2797 makemap/Makefile.m4 2798 praliases/Build 2799 praliases/Makefile.m4 2800 rmail/Build 2801 rmail/Makefile.m4 2802 rmail/rmail.0 2803 smrsh/Build 2804 smrsh/Makefile.m4 2805 src/Build 2806 src/Makefile.m4 2807 src/snprintf.c 2808 Deleted Files: 2809 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 2810 mail.local/Makefile 2811 mail.local/Makefile.dist 2812 mailstats/Makefile 2813 mailstats/Makefile.dist 2814 makemap/Makefile 2815 makemap/Makefile.dist 2816 praliases/Makefile 2817 praliases/Makefile.dist 2818 rmail/Makefile 2819 smrsh/Makefile 2820 smrsh/Makefile.dist 2821 src/Makefile 2822 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 2823 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 2824 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 2825 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 2826 Renamed Files: 2827 READ_ME => README 2828 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 2829 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 2830 src/READ_ME => src/README 2831 28328.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 2833 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 2834 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2835 Meteorological Institute. 2836 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 2837 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 2838 Arseneault of SRI International. 2839 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 2840 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 2841 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2842 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 2843 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 2844 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 2845 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 2846 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 2847 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2848 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 2849 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 2850 River Systems. 2851 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 2852 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 2853 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 2854 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 2855 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 2856 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 2857 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 2858 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 2859 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 2860 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 2861 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 2862 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 2863 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 2864 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2865 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 2866 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 2867 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 2868 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 2869 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 2870 results during a single message processing (but would 2871 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 2872 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 2873 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 2874 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 2875 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2876 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 2877 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 2878 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 2879 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2880 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 2881 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 2882 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 2883 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 2884 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 2885 and the inability to save a bounce message to 2886 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 2887 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 2888 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 2889 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 2890 Associates. 2891 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 2892 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 2893 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 2894 could cause confusing error messages. 2895 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 2896 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 2897 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 2898 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 2899 SuperNet, Inc. 2900 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 2901 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 2902 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 2903 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 2904 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2905 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 2906 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 2907 dropped. 2908 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 2909 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 2910 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 2911 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 2912 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 2913 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 2914 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 2915 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2916 Institute. 2917 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 2918 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 2919 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 2920 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 2921 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 2922 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 2923 RUS University of Stuttgart. 2924 Minor lint fixes. 2925 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 2926 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 2927 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 2928 of Stanford University. 2929 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 2930 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 2931 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 2932 Portability: 2933 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 2934 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 2935 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 2936 Electronic Data Systems. 2937 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 2938 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 2939 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 2940 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 2941 loader environment variables into the loader memory 2942 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 2943 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 2944 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 2945 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 2946 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 2947 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 2948 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 2949 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 2950 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 2951 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 2952 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 2953 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 2954 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 2955 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 2956 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 2957 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 2958 Services. 2959 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 2960 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 2961 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 2962 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 2963 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 2964 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 2965 Services VAS. 2966 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 2967 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 2968 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 2969 Ericsson. 2970 29718.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 2972 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 2973 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 2974 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 2975 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 2976 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 2977 GmbH. 2978 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 2979 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 2980 of Technology, Stockholm. 2981 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 2982 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 2983 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 2984 that these routines are included as though they were in the 2985 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 2986 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 2987 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 2988 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 2989 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 2990 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 2991 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 2992 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 2993 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 2994 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 2995 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 2996 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 2997 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 2998 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 2999 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 3000 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 3001 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 3002 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 3003 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 3004 have to assume that the information is good. 3005 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 3006 open or locked. 3007 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 3008 Better handling of non-setuid binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 3009 errors during testing. 3010 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 3011 printed in the error message. 3012 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 3013 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 3014 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 3015 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 3016 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3017 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 3018 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 3019 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 3020 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 3021 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 3022 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 3023 runner runs during a critical section in another message 3024 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 3025 Results Computing. 3026 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 3027 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 3028 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 3029 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 3030 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 3031 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 3032 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 3033 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 3034 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 3035 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 3036 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 3037 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 3038 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 3039 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 3040 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 3041 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 3042 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 3043 simultaneously. 3044 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 3045 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 3046 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 3047 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 3048 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3049 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 3050 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 3051 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 3052 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3053 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 3054 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 3055 CSU Chico. 3056 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 3057 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 3058 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 3059 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 3060 Portability: 3061 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 3062 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 3063 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 3064 be used instead. 3065 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 3066 of Argonne National Laboratory. 3067 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 3068 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 3069 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 3070 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 3071 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 3072 in Makefiles. 3073 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 3074 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 3075 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 3076 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 3077 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 3078 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 3079 NCR Corp. 3080 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 3081 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 3082 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 3083 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 3084 Resource Network 3085 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 3086 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 3087 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 3088 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 3089 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 3090 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 3091 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 3092 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 3093 Corp. 3094 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 3095 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 3096 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 3097 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 3098 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 3099 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 3100 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 3101 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 3102 PlainTalk. 3103 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 3104 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 3105 by Harry Styron. 3106 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 3107 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 3108 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 3109 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 3110 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 3111 changed after open". 3112 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 3113 files. 3114 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 3115 NEW FILES: 3116 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 3117 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 3118 test/t_exclopen.c 3119 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 3120 DELETED FILES: 3121 Makefile 3122 31238.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 3124 ************************************************************* 3125 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 3126 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 3127 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 3128 * continued sendmail development. * 3129 ************************************************************* 3130 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 3131 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 3132 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 3133 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 3134 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 3135 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 3136 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 3137 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 3138 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 3139 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 3140 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 3141 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 3142 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 3143 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 3144 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 3145 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 3146 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 3147 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 3148 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 3149 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 3150 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 3151 another database; this can be used either to expose 3152 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 3153 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 3154 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 3155 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 3156 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 3157 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 3158 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 3159 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 3160 system directories. 3161 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 3162 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 3163 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 3164 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 3165 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 3166 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 3167 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 3168 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 3169 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 3170 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 3171 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 3172 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 3173 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 3174 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 3175 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 3176 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 3177 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 3178 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 3179 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 3180 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 3181 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 3182 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 3183 NFS-mounted filesystems. 3184 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 3185 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 3186 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 3187 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 3188 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 3189 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 3190 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 3191 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 3192 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 3193 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 3194 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 3195 same host). 3196 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 3197 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 3198 from Theo de Raadt. 3199 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 3200 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 3201 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3202 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 3203 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 3204 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 3205 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 3206 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 3207 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3208 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 3209 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 3210 Microsystems. 3211 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 3212 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 3213 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3214 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 3215 too large) don't send the bogus message. 3216 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 3217 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 3218 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3219 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 3220 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 3221 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 3222 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 3223 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 3224 Shapiro. 3225 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 3226 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 3227 Sun Microsystems. 3228 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 3229 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 3230 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 3231 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 3232 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 3233 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 3234 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 3235 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 3236 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 3237 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 3238 Mercury Mail. 3239 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 3240 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 3241 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 3242 Morgan Stanley. 3243 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 3244 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 3245 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 3246 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 3247 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 3248 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 3249 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 3250 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 3251 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 3252 not be run. 3253 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 3254 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 3255 printing. 3256 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 3257 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 3258 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3259 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 3260 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 3261 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 3262 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 3263 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 3264 erroneous results during a single message processing 3265 (but would recover when the next message was received). 3266 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 3267 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 3268 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 3269 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 3270 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 3271 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 3272 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 3273 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 3274 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 3275 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 3276 address as "may be forged". 3277 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 3278 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 3279 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 3280 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 3281 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 3282 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 3283 of TwinCom. 3284 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 3285 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 3286 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 3287 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 3288 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 3289 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 3290 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 3291 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 3292 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3293 Institute. 3294 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 3295 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 3296 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 3297 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 3298 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 3299 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 3300 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 3301 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 3302 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 3303 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 3304 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 3305 book (2nd edition). 3306 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 3307 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 3308 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 3309 John Beck of SunSoft. 3310 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 3311 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 3312 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 3313 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 3314 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 3315 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 3316 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 3317 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 3318 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 3319 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 3320 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 3321 returns. 3322 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 3323 on some architectures. 3324 Portability: 3325 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 3326 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 3327 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 3328 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 3329 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 3330 of Washington. 3331 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 3332 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 3333 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3334 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 3335 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 3336 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 3337 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 3338 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 3339 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 3340 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3341 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 3342 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 3343 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 3344 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 3345 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 3346 Cambridge. 3347 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 3348 Kari Hurtta. 3349 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 3350 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 3351 IRIX Makefile). 3352 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 3353 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3354 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 3355 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 3356 Brian Candler. 3357 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 3358 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 3359 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3360 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 3361 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 3362 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3363 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 3364 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 3365 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 3366 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 3367 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 3368 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3369 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 3370 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 3371 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 3372 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 3373 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 3374 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 3375 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 3376 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3377 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 3378 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 3379 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 3380 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 3381 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 3382 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 3383 was specified, even when it wasn't. 3384 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 3385 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 3386 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 3387 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 3388 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 3389 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 3390 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 3391 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 3392 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 3393 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 3394 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 3395 developers). 3396 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 3397 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 3398 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3399 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 3400 symbolic links; although makemap is not setuid root, it is 3401 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 3402 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 3403 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 3404 NEXTSTEP. 3405 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 3406 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 3407 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 3408 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 3409 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3410 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 3411 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 3412 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 3413 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 3414 for system accounts. 3415 NEW FILES: 3416 src/safefile.c 3417 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 3418 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 3419 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 3420 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 3421 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 3422 RENAMED FILES: 3423 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 3424 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 3425 34268.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 3427 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 3428 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 3429 even if RunAsUser is specified. 3430 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 3431 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 3432 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3433 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 3434 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 3435 University of Pennsylvania. 3436 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 3437 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 3438 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 3439 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 3440 was unnecessarily awful. 3441 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 3442 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 3443 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 3444 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 3445 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 3446 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 3447 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 3448 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 3449 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3450 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 3451 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3452 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 3453 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 3454 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 3455 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 3456 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 3457 Semiconductor Corp. 3458 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 3459 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 3460 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 3461 at Austin. 3462 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 3463 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 3464 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 3465 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 3466 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 3467 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 3468 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 3469 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 3470 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 3471 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 3472 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 3473 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 3474 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 3475 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 3476 Costales. 3477 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 3478 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 3479 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 3480 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 3481 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 3482 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 3483 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 3484 The current values and defaults are: 3485 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 3486 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 3487 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 3488 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 3489 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 3490 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 3491 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 3492 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 3493 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 3494 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3495 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 3496 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 3497 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 3498 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 3499 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 3500 Eric Hagberg. 3501 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 3502 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 3503 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 3504 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 3505 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 3506 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 3507 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 3508 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3509 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 3510 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 3511 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 3512 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 3513 Communications. 3514 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 3515 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 3516 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 3517 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3518 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 3519 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 3520 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 3521 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 3522 PORTABILITY: 3523 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 3524 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 3525 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 3526 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 3527 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 3528 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 3529 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 3530 (Moscow). 3531 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 3532 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 3533 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 3534 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 3535 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 3536 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 3537 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 3538 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 3539 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 3540 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 3541 Received: line. 3542 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 3543 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 3544 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 3545 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 3546 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 3547 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 3548 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 3549 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 3550 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 3551 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 3552 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 3553 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 3554 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 3555 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 3556 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 3557 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 3558 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 3559 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 3560 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 3561 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 3562 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3563 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 3564 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 3565 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 3566 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 3567 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 3568 Long Beach. 3569 35708.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 3571 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 3572 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 3573 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 3574 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 3575 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 3576 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 3577 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 3578 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 3579 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 3580 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 3581 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 3582 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 3583 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 3584 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 3585 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 3586 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 3587 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 3588 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 3589 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3590 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 3591 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 3592 Problem noted by several people. 3593 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 3594 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 3595 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 3596 by several people. 3597 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 3598 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 3599 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 3600 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 3601 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 3602 of Best Internet Communications. 3603 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 3604 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 3605 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 3606 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 3607 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 3608 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 3609 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 3610 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 3611 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 3612 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 3613 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 3614 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 3615 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3616 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 3617 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 3618 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 3619 by Roy Mongiovi. 3620 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 3621 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3622 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 3623 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 3624 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 3625 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 3626 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 3627 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 3628 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 3629 of Kyoto University. 3630 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 3631 conditions from Don Lewis. 3632 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 3633 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 3634 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 3635 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 3636 patch from Bryan Costales. 3637 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3638 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 3639 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 3640 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 3641 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 3642 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 3643 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 3644 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 3645 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 3646 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 3647 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 3648 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 3649 of Tokyo. 3650 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 3651 Services, Inc. 3652 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 3653 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 3654 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 3655 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 3656 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 3657 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 3658 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 3659 than one long one. By popular demand. 3660 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 3661 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 3662 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 3663 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 3664 of NTT Software Corporation. 3665 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 3666 NEW FILES: 3667 contrib/etrn.pl 3668 36698.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 3670 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 3671 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 3672 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 3673 best-of-security list. 3674 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 3675 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 3676 should make it clearer to people that they are running 3677 the wrong binary. 3678 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 3679 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 3680 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 3681 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 3682 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 3683 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 3684 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 3685 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 3686 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3687 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 3688 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 3689 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 3690 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 3691 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 3692 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 3693 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 3694 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 3695 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 3696 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 3697 Eric Wassenaar. 3698 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 3699 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 3700 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 3701 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 3702 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 3703 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 3704 UUNET. 3705 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 3706 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 3707 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 3708 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 3709 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 3710 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 3711 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 3712 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 3713 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 3714 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 3715 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3716 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 3717 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 3718 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 3719 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 3720 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 3721 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 3722 University of Linkoping. 3723 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 3724 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 3725 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 3726 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 3727 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 3728 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 3729 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 3730 other end. 3731 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 3732 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 3733 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 3734 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 3735 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 3736 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 3737 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3738 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3739 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 3740 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 3741 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 3742 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 3743 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 3744 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 3745 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 3746 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 3747 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 3748 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 3749 The outline of the implementation was contributed 3750 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 3751 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 3752 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 3753 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 3754 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 3755 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 3756 Earickson of Colby College. 3757 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 3758 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 3759 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 3760 Kari Hurtta. 3761 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 3762 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 3763 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 3764 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 3765 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 3766 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 3767 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3768 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 3769 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 3770 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 3771 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 3772 University of Washington, Seattle. 3773 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 3774 Polytechnic Institute. 3775 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 3776 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 3777 NEW FILES: 3778 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 3779 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 3780 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 3781 37828.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 3783 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 3784 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 3785 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3786 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 3787 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 3788 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 3789 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 3790 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 3791 CONFIG: no changes. 3792 37938.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 3794 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 3795 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 3796 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 3797 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 3798 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 3799 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 3800 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 3801 of WPI. 3802 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 3803 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 3804 Kyoto University. 3805 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 3806 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 3807 on illegal host names. 3808 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 3809 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 3810 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 3811 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 3812 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 3813 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 3814 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 3815 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 3816 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3817 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 3818 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 3819 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 3820 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 3821 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 3822 University of Leicester. 3823 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 3824 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 3825 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 3826 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 3827 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 3828 University of Washington. 3829 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3830 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 3831 people pointed this out. 3832 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 3833 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 3834 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 3835 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 3836 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 3837 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 3838 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 3839 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 3840 Softec. 3841 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 3842 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3843 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 3844 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 3845 38468.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 3847 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 3848 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 3849 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 3850 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 3851 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 3852 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 3853 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 3854 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 3855 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 3856 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 3857 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 3858 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 3859 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 3860 NSC (Japan). 3861 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 3862 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 3863 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3864 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 3865 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 3866 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 3867 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 3868 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 3869 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 3870 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 3871 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 3872 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 3873 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 3874 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 3875 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 3876 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 3877 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 3878 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 3879 printout. 3880 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 3881 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 3882 square braces. 3883 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 3884 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 3885 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 3886 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 3887 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 3888 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 3889 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3890 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 3891 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 3892 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 3893 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 3894 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 3895 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 3896 Dandelion Digital. 3897 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 3898 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 3899 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 3900 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 3901 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 3902 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 3903 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 3904 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 3905 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 3906 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 3907 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 3908 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 3909 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 3910 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 3911 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 3912 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 3913 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 3914 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 3915 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 3916 mailers. 3917 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 3918 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 3919 Myers of CMU. 3920 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 3921 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 3922 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 3923 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 3924 there should be no security implications. Implementation 3925 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 3926 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 3927 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 3928 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 3929 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 3930 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 3931 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 3932 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 3933 parameter. 3934 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 3935 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 3936 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 3937 University of Maryland. 3938 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 3939 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 3940 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 3941 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 3942 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 3943 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 3944 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 3945 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 3946 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 3947 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 3948 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 3949 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 3950 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 3951 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 3952 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 3953 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 3954 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 3955 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 3956 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 3957 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 3958 section 5.2.5. 3959 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 3960 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 3961 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 3962 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 3963 is for incoming connections only. 3964 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 3965 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 3966 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 3967 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 3968 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 3969 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 3970 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 3971 (e.g., due to connection caching). 3972 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 3973 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 3974 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 3975 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 3976 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 3977 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 3978 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 3979 that take a very long time to run. 3980 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 3981 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 3982 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 3983 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 3984 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 3985 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3986 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 3987 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 3988 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3989 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 3990 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 3991 Costales. 3992 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 3993 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 3994 Technologies, Inc. 3995 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 3996 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 3997 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 3998 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 3999 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 4000 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 4001 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 4002 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 4003 different for this case. 4004 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 4005 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 4006 of Stanford University. 4007 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 4008 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 4009 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 4010 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4011 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 4012 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 4013 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 4014 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 4015 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 4016 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4017 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 4018 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 4019 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 4020 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 4021 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 4022 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 4023 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 4024 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 4025 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 4026 Pasteur Institute. 4027 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 4028 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 4029 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 4030 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 4031 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 4032 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 4033 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 4034 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 4035 canonification. 4036 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 4037 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 4038 mailers. 4039 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 4040 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 4041 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 4042 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 4043 either of these in their configuration file. 4044 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 4045 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 4046 St. Peter's College. 4047 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 4048 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 4049 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 4050 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 4051 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 4052 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4053 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 4054 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 4055 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 4056 Costales. 4057 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 4058 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 4059 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 4060 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 4061 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 4062 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 4063 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 4064 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 4065 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 4066 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 4067 in rulesets. 4068 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 4069 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 4070 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 4071 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 4072 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 4073 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 4074 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 4075 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 4076 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 4077 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 4078 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 4079 on that basis. 4080 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 4081 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 4082 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 4083 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 4084 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 4085 Vixie. 4086 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 4087 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 4088 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 4089 See also the src/READ_ME file. 4090 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 4091 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 4092 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 4093 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 4094 two characters $, +. 4095 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 4096 debug_dumpstate. 4097 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 4098 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 4099 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 4100 valid recipients. 4101 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 4102 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 4103 noted by Tom May. 4104 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 4105 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 4106 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 4107 Beck of InReference, Inc. 4108 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 4109 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 4110 Computing Corporation. 4111 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 4112 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 4113 Internet Communications. 4114 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 4115 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 4116 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 4117 of Lysator. 4118 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 4119 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 4120 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 4121 of the University of Iceland. 4122 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 4123 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 4124 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 4125 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 4126 this change is a no-op. 4127 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 4128 Costales. 4129 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 4130 Bryan Costales. 4131 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 4132 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 4133 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 4134 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4135 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 4136 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4137 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 4138 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 4139 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 4140 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4141 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 4142 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 4143 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 4144 Jones of UUNET. 4145 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 4146 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 4147 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4148 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 4149 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 4150 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 4151 easily determine what messages are to their role as 4152 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 4153 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 4154 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 4155 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 4156 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 4157 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 4158 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 4159 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 4160 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 4161 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 4162 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 4163 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 4164 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 4165 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 4166 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 4167 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 4168 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 4169 of Stanford University. 4170 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 4171 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 4172 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 4173 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 4174 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 4175 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 4176 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 4177 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 4178 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 4179 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 4180 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 4181 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 4182 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 4183 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 4184 Motonori Nakamura. 4185 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 4186 you are not running setuid; this makes management of certain 4187 kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch suggested by 4188 Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 4189 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 4190 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 4191 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 4192 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 4193 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 4194 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 4195 value is ".hoststat". 4196 There are also two new operation modes: 4197 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 4198 connections. 4199 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 4200 recent status information. 4201 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 4202 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 4203 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 4204 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 4205 framework is gratefully appreciated. 4206 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 4207 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 4208 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 4209 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 4210 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 4211 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 4212 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 4213 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 4214 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 4215 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 4216 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 4217 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 4218 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 4219 Costales. 4220 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 4221 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 4222 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 4223 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 4224 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 4225 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 4226 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 4227 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 4228 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 4229 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 4230 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 4231 Webmasters. 4232 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 4233 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 4234 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 4235 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 4236 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 4237 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 4238 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 4239 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 4240 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 4241 of Washington, Seattle. 4242 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 4243 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 4244 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 4245 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 4246 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 4247 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 4248 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 4249 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 4250 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 4251 Nakamura. 4252 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 4253 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 4254 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 4255 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 4256 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 4257 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 4258 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 4259 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 4260 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 4261 well constrained. 4262 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 4263 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 4264 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 4265 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 4266 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 4267 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 4268 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 4269 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 4270 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 4271 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 4272 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 4273 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 4274 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 4275 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 4276 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 4277 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 4278 Wolfhugel. 4279 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 4280 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 4281 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 4282 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 4283 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 4284 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 4285 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4286 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 4287 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 4288 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 4289 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 4290 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 4291 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 4292 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 4293 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 4294 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 4295 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 4296 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 4297 National University of Singapore. 4298 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 4299 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 4300 system can't cope with. 4301 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4302 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 4303 Atlas International. 4304 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 4305 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 4306 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 4307 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 4308 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 4309 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 4310 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 4311 Bernstein and Associates. 4312 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 4313 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 4314 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 4315 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 4316 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 4317 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 4318 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 4319 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 4320 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 4321 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 4322 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 4323 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 4324 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 4325 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 4326 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 4327 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4328 Institute. 4329 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 4330 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 4331 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 4332 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 4333 Employment Standards Administration. 4334 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 4335 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 4336 Jr. 4337 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 4338 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 4339 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 4340 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 4341 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 4342 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 4343 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 4344 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 4345 of the University of Arizona. 4346 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 4347 Vanderbilt University. 4348 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 4349 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 4350 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 4351 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4352 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 4353 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 4354 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 4355 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 4356 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 4357 Foundation. 4358 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 4359 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 4360 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 4361 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 4362 Myers of CMU. 4363 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 4364 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 4365 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 4366 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 4367 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 4368 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 4369 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 4370 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 4371 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 4372 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 4373 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 4374 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 4375 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 4376 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 4377 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 4378 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 4379 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 4380 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4381 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 4382 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 4383 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 4384 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 4385 info@foo.com foo-info 4386 info@bar.com bar-info 4387 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 4388 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 4389 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 4390 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 4391 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 4392 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 4393 a great many people. 4394 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 4395 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 4396 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 4397 "fax" mailer. 4398 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 4399 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 4400 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 4401 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 4402 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 4403 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 4404 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 4405 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 4406 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 4407 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 4408 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 4409 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 4410 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 4411 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 4412 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 4413 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 4414 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 4415 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 4416 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 4417 of WPI. 4418 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 4419 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 4420 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 4421 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 4422 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 4423 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 4424 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 4425 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 4426 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 4427 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 4428 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 4429 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 4430 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 4431 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 4432 by Andreas Luik. 4433 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 4434 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 4435 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4436 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 4437 Wolfhugel. 4438 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 4439 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 4440 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 4441 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 4442 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 4443 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 4444 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 4445 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 4446 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 4447 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 4448 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 4449 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 4450 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 4451 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 4452 Costales. 4453 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 4454 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 4455 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 4456 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 4457 NEW FILES: 4458 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 4459 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 4460 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 4461 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 4462 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 4463 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 4464 mailstats/mailstats.8 4465 praliases/praliases.8 4466 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 4467 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 4468 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 4469 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 4470 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 4471 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 4472 cf/ostype/altos.m4 4473 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 4474 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 4475 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 4476 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 4477 DELETED FILES: 4478 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 4479 contrib/xla/README 4480 contrib/xla/xla.c 4481 RENAMED FILES: 4482 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 4483 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 4484 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 4485 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 4486 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 4487 44888.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 4489 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 4490 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 4491 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 4492 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 4493 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 4494 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 4495 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 4496 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 4497 44988.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 4499 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 4500 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 4501 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 4502 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 4503 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 4504 and others. 4505 45068.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 4507 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 4508 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 4509 any user (except root). 4510 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 4511 version number is unchanged. 4512 45138.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 4514 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 4515 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 4516 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4517 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 4518 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 4519 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 4520 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 4521 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 4522 Costales. 4523 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4524 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 4525 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 4526 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 4527 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 4528 Stanford University. 4529 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 4530 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 4531 45328.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 4533 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 4534 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 4535 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 4536 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 4537 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 4538 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 4539 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 4540 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 4541 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 4542 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 4543 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 4544 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 4545 by Kari Hurtta. 4546 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 4547 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 4548 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 4549 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 4550 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 4551 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 4552 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 4553 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 4554 bounces when it should have requeued. 4555 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 4556 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being setuid bar stopped 4557 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 4558 John Hawkinson of Panix. 4559 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 4560 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 4561 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 4562 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 4563 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 4564 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 4565 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 4566 Infobiogen. 4567 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 4568 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 4569 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 4570 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 4571 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 4572 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 4573 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 4574 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 4575 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 4576 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 4577 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 4578 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 4579 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 4580 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 4581 underscores. 4582 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 4583 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 4584 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 4585 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 4586 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 4587 included even if the user did not request success notification, 4588 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 4589 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 4590 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 4591 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 4592 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 4593 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 4594 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 4595 Costales of ICSI. 4596 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 4597 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 4598 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 4599 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 4600 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 4601 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 4602 Technological University. 4603 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 4604 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 4605 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 4606 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4607 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 4608 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 4609 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 4610 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 4611 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 4612 to have the database format of the alias files without the 4613 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 4614 Inc. 4615 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 4616 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 4617 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 4618 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 4619 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 4620 University. 4621 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 4622 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 4623 Association for Progressive Communications. 4624 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 4625 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 4626 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 4627 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 4628 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 4629 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 4630 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 4631 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 4632 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 4633 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 4634 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 4635 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 4636 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 4637 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 4638 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 4639 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 4640 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 4641 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 4642 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4643 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 4644 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 4645 James B. Davis of TCI. 4646 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 4647 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 4648 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 4649 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 4650 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 4651 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 4652 isn't supported on all compilers. 4653 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 4654 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 4655 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 4656 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 4657 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 4658 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 4659 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 4660 (France). 4661 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 4662 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 4663 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 4664 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 4665 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 4666 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 4667 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 4668 for different files. 4669 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 4670 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 4671 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4672 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 4673 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 4674 changes). 4675 46768.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 4677 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 4678 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 4679 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 4680 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 4681 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 4682 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 4683 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 4684 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 4685 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 4686 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 4687 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 4688 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 4689 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 4690 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 4691 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 4692 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 4693 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 4694 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 4695 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 4696 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 4697 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 4698 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 4699 results. This could have security implications. 4700 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 4701 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 4702 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 4703 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 4704 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 4705 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 4706 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 4707 Elz. 4708 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 4709 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 4710 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 4711 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 4712 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 4713 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 4714 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 4715 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 4716 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 4717 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 4718 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 4719 domain names are your friends. 4720 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 4721 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 4722 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 4723 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 4724 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 4725 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 4726 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 4727 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 4728 of TerraNet. 4729 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 4730 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 4731 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 4732 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 4733 of WPI. 4734 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4735 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 4736 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 4737 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 4738 file and SGI standards. From Andre 4739 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 4740 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 4741 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 4742 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 4743 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 4744 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 4745 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 4746 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 4747 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 4748 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4749 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 4750 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 4751 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4752 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 4753 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 4754 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 4755 Infobiogen (France). 4756 NEW FILES: 4757 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 4758 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 4759 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 4760 47618.7/8.7 1995/09/16 4762 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 4763 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 4764 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 4765 Global Communications. 4766 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 4767 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 4768 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 4769 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 4770 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 4771 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 4772 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4773 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 4774 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 4775 can be confusing. 4776 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 4777 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 4778 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 4779 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 4780 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 4781 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 4782 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 4783 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 4784 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 4785 Maryland. 4786 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 4787 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 4788 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 4789 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 4790 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 4791 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 4792 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 4793 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 4794 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 4795 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 4796 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 4797 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 4798 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 4799 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 4800 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 4801 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4802 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 4803 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 4804 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 4805 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 4806 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 4807 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 4808 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 4809 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 4810 Swarthmore University. 4811 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 4812 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 4813 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 4814 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 4815 ruleset. 4816 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 4817 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 4818 -d debug flag. 4819 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 4820 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 4821 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 4822 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 4823 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 4824 and the parsed address. 4825 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 4826 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 4827 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 4828 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 4829 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 4830 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 4831 recipients. 4832 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 4833 return the result. 4834 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 4835 `mapname' and return the result. 4836 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 4837 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 4838 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 4839 the header for envelope sender information and uses 4840 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 4841 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 4842 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 4843 that functionality. 4844 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 4845 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 4846 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 4847 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 4848 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 4849 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 4850 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 4851 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 4852 of Michigan Technological University. 4853 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 4854 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 4855 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 4856 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 4857 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 4858 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 4859 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 4860 or not. 4861 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 4862 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 4863 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 4864 the error message. It was especially weird because it 4865 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 4866 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 4867 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 4868 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 4869 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 4870 should have minimal impact on external function. 4871 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 4872 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 4873 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 4874 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 4875 7 SevenBitInput 4876 8 EightBitMode 4877 A AliasFile 4878 a AliasWait 4879 B BlankSub 4880 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 4881 C CheckpointInterval 4882 c HoldExpensive 4883 D AutoRebuildAliases 4884 d DeliveryMode 4885 E ErrorHeader 4886 e ErrorMode 4887 f SaveFromLine 4888 F TempFileMode 4889 G MatchGECOS 4890 H HelpFile 4891 h MaxHopCount 4892 i IgnoreDots 4893 I ResolverOptions 4894 J ForwardPath 4895 j SendMimeErrors 4896 k ConnectionCacheSize 4897 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 4898 L LogLevel 4899 l UseErrorsTo 4900 m MeToo 4901 n CheckAliases 4902 O DaemonPortOptions 4903 o OldStyleHeaders 4904 P PostmasterCopy 4905 p PrivacyOptions 4906 Q QueueDirectory 4907 q QueueFactor 4908 R DontPruneRoutes 4909 r, T Timeout 4910 S StatusFile 4911 s SuperSafe 4912 t TimeZoneSpec 4913 u DefaultUser 4914 U UserDatabaseSpec 4915 V FallbackMXHost 4916 v Verbose 4917 w TryNullMXList 4918 x QueueLA 4919 X RefuseLA 4920 Y ForkEachJob 4921 y RecipientFactor 4922 z ClassFactor 4923 Z RetryFactor 4924 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 4925 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 4926 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 4927 $l UnixFromLine 4928 $o OperatorChars 4929 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 4930 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 4931 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 4932 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 4933 specify "V6" in the configuration. 4934 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 4935 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 4936 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 4937 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 4938 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 4939 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 4940 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 4941 This requires config file support to get right. It does 4942 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 4943 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 4944 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 4945 A Addresses are aliasable. 4946 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 4947 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 4948 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 4949 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 4950 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 4951 recipient mailer flags. 4952 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 4953 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 4954 delivery. 4955 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 4956 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 4957 : Check for :include: on this address. 4958 | Check for |program on this address. 4959 / Check for /file on this address. 4960 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 4961 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 4962 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 4963 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 4964 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 4965 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 4966 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 4967 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 4968 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 4969 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 4970 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 4971 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 4972 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 4973 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 4974 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 4975 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 4976 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 4977 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 4978 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 4979 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 4980 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 4981 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 4982 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 4983 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 4984 (essentially, the full MIME option). 4985 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 4986 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 4987 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 4988 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 4989 flag is ignored. 4990 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 4991 the setting of F=8. 4992 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 4993 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 4994 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 4995 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 4996 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 4997 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 4998 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 4999 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 5000 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 5001 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 5002 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 5003 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 5004 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 5005 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 5006 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 5007 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 5008 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 5009 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 5010 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 5011 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 5012 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 5013 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 5014 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 5015 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 5016 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 5017 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 5018 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 5019 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 5020 Unicom. 5021 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 5022 fashion as the U= mailer option. 5023 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 5024 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 5025 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 5026 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 5027 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 5028 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 5029 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 5030 from Chip Rosenthal. 5031 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 5032 For example, 5033 O Timeout.helo = 2m 5034 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 5035 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 5036 set them both the preferred new syntax is 5037 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 5038 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 5039 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 5040 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 5041 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 5042 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 5043 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 5044 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 5045 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 5046 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 5047 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 5048 contribution was to make it configurable). 5049 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 5050 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 5051 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 5052 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 5053 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 5054 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 5055 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 5056 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 5057 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 5058 I/O redirection. 5059 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 5060 can be confusing. 5061 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 5062 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 5063 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 5064 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 5065 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 5066 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 5067 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 5068 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 5069 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 5070 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 5071 queue-only. 5072 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 5073 :include: and .forward files. 5074 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 5075 key field name, the value field name, and the field 5076 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 5077 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 5078 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 5079 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 5080 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5081 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 5082 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 5083 Sun Microsystems. 5084 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 5085 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 5086 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 5087 Hutton of Indiana University. 5088 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 5089 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 5090 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 5091 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 5092 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 5093 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 5094 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 5095 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 5096 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 5097 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 5098 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 5099 as comments. 5100 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 5101 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 5102 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 5103 are from sysexits.h. 5104 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 5105 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 5106 Kmap1 ... 5107 Kmap2 ... 5108 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 5109 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 5110 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 5111 map2 is searched and the value returned. 5112 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 5113 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 5114 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 5115 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 5116 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 5117 For example, if the declaration of the map is 5118 Ksample switch hosts 5119 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 5120 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 5121 equivalent to 5122 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 5123 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 5124 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 5125 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 5126 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 5127 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 5128 the -m (matchonly) flag. 5129 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 5130 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 5131 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 5132 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 5133 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 5134 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 5135 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 5136 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 5137 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 5138 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 5139 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 5140 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 5141 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 5142 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 5143 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 5144 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 5145 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 5146 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 5147 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 5148 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 5149 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 5150 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 5151 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 5152 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 5153 an /etc/hosts entry reads 5154 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 5155 this change will use the second name as the canonical 5156 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 5157 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 5158 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 5159 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 5160 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 5161 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 5162 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 5163 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 5164 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 5165 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 5166 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 5167 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 5168 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 5169 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 5170 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 5171 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 5172 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 5173 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 5174 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 5175 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 5176 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 5177 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 5178 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 5179 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 5180 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 5181 much longer than the specified timeout. 5182 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 5183 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 5184 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 5185 denial-of-service attack. 5186 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 5187 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 5188 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 5189 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 5190 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 5191 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 5192 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 5193 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 5194 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 5195 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 5196 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 5197 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 5198 actually file lookups. 5199 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 5200 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 5201 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 5202 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 5203 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 5204 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 5205 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 5206 support for them has been removed. 5207 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 5208 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 5209 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 5210 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 5211 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 5212 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 5213 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 5214 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 5215 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 5216 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5217 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 5218 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 5219 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 5220 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 5221 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 5222 also improves the connection cache utilization. 5223 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 5224 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 5225 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 5226 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 5227 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 5228 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 5229 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 5230 all the time (without having the setuid bit set). Change 5231 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 5232 Microsystems. 5233 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 5234 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 5235 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 5236 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 5237 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 5238 option can give the network software time to establish 5239 the link. The default units are seconds. 5240 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 5241 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 5242 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 5243 Defense Information Systems Agency. 5244 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 5245 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 5246 the National Computer Security Center. 5247 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 5248 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 5249 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 5250 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 5251 the mailprio scripts (see below). 5252 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 5253 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 5254 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 5255 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 5256 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 5257 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 5258 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 5259 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 5260 University Computing Service. 5261 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 5262 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 5263 the University of Kentucky. 5264 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 5265 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 5266 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 5267 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 5268 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 5269 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 5270 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 5271 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 5272 Corporation. 5273 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 5274 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 5275 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 5276 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 5277 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 5278 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 5279 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 5280 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 5281 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 5282 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 5283 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 5284 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 5285 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 5286 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 5287 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 5288 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 5289 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 5290 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 5291 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 5292 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 5293 Communications. 5294 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 5295 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 5296 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 5297 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 5298 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 5299 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 5300 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 5301 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 5302 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 5303 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 5304 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 5305 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5306 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 5307 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 5308 on values: 5309 None Leave the message as is. The 5310 message will be passed on even 5311 though it is in technically 5312 illegal syntax. 5313 Add-To Add a To: header with any 5314 recipients that it can find from 5315 the envelope. This risks exposing 5316 Bcc: recipients. 5317 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 5318 has almost no redeeming social value, 5319 and is provided only for back 5320 compatibility. 5321 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 5322 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 5323 which will have the effect of 5324 making the message legal without 5325 exposing Bcc: recipients. 5326 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 5327 There is a chance that mailers down 5328 the line will delete this header, 5329 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 5330 recipients. 5331 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 5332 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 5333 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 5334 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 5335 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 5336 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 5337 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 5338 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 5339 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 5340 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 5341 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 5342 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 5343 For example, if you run with 5344 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 5345 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 5346 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 5347 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 5348 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 5349 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 5350 entries. For example, given the aliases: 5351 list: member1 5352 list: member2 5353 and an alias file declared as: 5354 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 5355 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 5356 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 5357 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5358 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 5359 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 5360 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 5361 Johannesen. 5362 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 5363 to be simpler and more consistent. 5364 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 5365 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 5366 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 5367 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5368 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 5369 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 5370 This may affect some people who have written their own 5371 checkcompat() routine. 5372 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 5373 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 5374 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 5375 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 5376 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 5377 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 5378 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 5379 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 5380 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 5381 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 5382 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 5383 Corporation. 5384 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 5385 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 5386 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 5387 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 5388 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 5389 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 5390 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 5391 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 5392 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 5393 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 5394 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 5395 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 5396 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 5397 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5398 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 5399 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 5400 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 5401 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 5402 the header. 5403 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5404 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 5405 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 5406 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 5407 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 5408 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 5409 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 5410 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 5411 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 5412 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 5413 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 5414 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 5415 is added between the first and second word of the first 5416 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 5417 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 5418 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 5419 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 5420 old sendmails understand. 5421 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 5422 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 5423 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 5424 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 5425 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 5426 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 5427 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 5428 data -- for example, 5429 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 5430 (romanized/less information) 5431 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 5432 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 5433 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 5434 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 5435 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 5436 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 5437 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 5438 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 5439 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 5440 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 5441 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 5442 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 5443 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 5444 Eric Prestemon of American University. 5445 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 5446 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 5447 increment on the background value). 5448 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 5449 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 5450 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 5451 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 5452 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 5453 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 5454 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 5455 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 5456 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 5457 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 5458 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 5459 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 5460 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 5461 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 5462 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 5463 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 5464 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 5465 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 5466 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 5467 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 5468 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 5469 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 5470 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 5471 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 5472 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 5473 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 5474 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 5475 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 5476 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 5477 service type is "files". 5478 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 5479 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 5480 into class "c". 5481 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 5482 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 5483 contributed by SunSoft. 5484 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 5485 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 5486 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 5487 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 5488 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 5489 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 5490 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 5491 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 5492 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 5493 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 5494 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 5495 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 5496 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 5497 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5498 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 5499 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 5500 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 5501 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 5502 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 5503 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 5504 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5505 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 5506 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 5507 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 5508 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 5509 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 5510 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 5511 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 5512 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 5513 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 5514 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 5515 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 5516 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 5517 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 5518 flags. 5519 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 5520 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 5521 Motonori Nakamura. 5522 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 5523 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 5524 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 5525 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 5526 of MIT. 5527 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 5528 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 5529 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 5530 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 5531 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 5532 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 5533 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 5534 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 5535 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 5536 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 5537 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 5538 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 5539 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 5540 the make. 5541 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 5542 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 5543 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 5544 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 5545 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 5546 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 5547 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 5548 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 5549 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 5550 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 5551 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 5552 of Sun Microsystems. 5553 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 5554 is at least 50% faster. 5555 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 5556 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 5557 University. 5558 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 5559 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5560 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 5561 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 5562 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 5563 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 5564 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 5565 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 5566 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 5567 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 5568 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 5569 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 5570 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 5571 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 5572 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 5573 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 5574 Carnegie Mellon. 5575 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 5576 support. 5577 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 5578 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 5579 Global Information Solutions. 5580 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 5581 From Motonori Nakamura. 5582 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 5583 Motonori Nakamura. 5584 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 5585 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 5586 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 5587 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 5588 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 5589 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 5590 James of British Telecom. 5591 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 5592 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 5593 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 5594 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 5595 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 5596 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 5597 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 5598 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 5599 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 5600 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 5601 a bad guy can read your private files. 5602 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5603 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 5604 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 5605 University. This expands the disk size 5606 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 5607 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 5608 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 5609 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 5610 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 5611 Linux Makefile typo. 5612 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 5613 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 5614 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 5615 University, Chico. 5616 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 5617 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 5618 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 5619 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 5620 This requires adaptation of code that really 5621 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 5622 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 5623 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 5624 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 5625 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 5626 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 5627 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 5628 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 5629 problems. 5630 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 5631 match all the other configuration files. Fix 5632 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 5633 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 5634 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 5635 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 5636 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 5637 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 5638 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 5639 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 5640 Wemm of DIALix. 5641 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 5642 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 5643 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 5644 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 5645 of Ohio State University. 5646 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 5647 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 5648 University. 5649 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 5650 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 5651 Mainz. 5652 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 5653 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 5654 wrong statfs call). 5655 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 5656 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 5657 University. 5658 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 5659 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 5660 Rochester Medical Center. 5661 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 5662 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 5663 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 5664 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 5665 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 5666 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 5667 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 5668 Division. 5669 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 5670 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 5671 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 5672 Durand of I.M.A.G. 5673 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 5674 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 5675 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 5676 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 5677 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 5678 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 5679 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 5680 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 5681 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 5682 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 5683 of Meteo France. 5684 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 5685 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 5686 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 5687 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 5688 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 5689 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 5690 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 5691 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 5692 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 5693 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 5694 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 5695 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 5696 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 5697 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 5698 of Colorado. 5699 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 5700 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 5701 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 5702 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 5703 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 5704 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 5705 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 5706 on the file, but it should be quite small. 5707 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 5708 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 5709 giving the local administrator more control over what 5710 programs can be run from sendmail. 5711 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 5712 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 5713 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 5714 never will. 5715 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 5716 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 5717 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 5718 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 5719 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 5720 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 5721 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 5722 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 5723 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 5724 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 5725 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 5726 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 5727 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 5728 arbitrary directory -- use either: 5729 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 5730 or 5731 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 5732 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 5733 can use: 5734 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 5735 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 5736 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 5737 compatibility. 5738 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 5739 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 5740 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 5741 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 5742 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 5743 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 5744 County. 5745 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 5746 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 5747 just unqualified ones. 5748 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 5749 was never used and didn't work anyway. 5750 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 5751 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 5752 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 5753 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 5754 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 5755 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 5756 centralized hub. 5757 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 5758 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 5759 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 5760 this is expected to be another sendmail. 5761 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 5762 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 5763 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 5764 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 5765 Rosenthal of Unicom. 5766 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 5767 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 5768 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 5769 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 5770 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 5771 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 5772 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 5773 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 5774 but it is a no-op. 5775 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 5776 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 5777 as User Unknown. 5778 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 5779 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 5780 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 5781 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 5782 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 5783 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 5784 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 5785 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 5786 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 5787 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 5788 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 5789 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 5790 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 5791 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 5792 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 5793 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 5794 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 5795 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 5796 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 5797 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 5798 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 5799 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 5800 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 5801 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 5802 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 5803 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 5804 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 5805 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 5806 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 5807 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 5808 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 5809 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 5810 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 5811 assumed. 5812 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 5813 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 5814 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 5815 Information Systems Agency. 5816 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 5817 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 5818 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 5819 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 5820 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 5821 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 5822 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 5823 that really can be used in the real world. 5824 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 5825 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 5826 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 5827 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 5828 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 5829 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 5830 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 5831 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 5832 by Scott Hutton. 5833 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 5834 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 5835 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 5836 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 5837 people. 5838 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 5839 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 5840 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 5841 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 5842 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 5843 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 5844 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 5845 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 5846 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 5847 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 5848 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 5849 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 5850 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 5851 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 5852 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 5853 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 5854 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 5855 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 5856 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 5857 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 5858 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 5859 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 5860 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 5861 by Kimmo Suominen. 5862 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 5863 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 5864 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 5865 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 5866 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5867 NEW FILES: 5868 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 5869 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 5870 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 5871 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 5872 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 5873 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 5874 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 5875 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 5876 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 5877 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 5878 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 5879 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 5880 cf/domain/generic.m4 5881 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 5882 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 5883 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 5884 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 5885 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 5886 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 5887 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 5888 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 5889 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 5890 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 5891 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 5892 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 5893 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 5894 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 5895 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 5896 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 5897 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 5898 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 5899 contrib/bsdi.mc 5900 contrib/mailprio 5901 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 5902 mail.local/mail.local.0 5903 makemap/makemap.0 5904 smrsh/README 5905 smrsh/smrsh.0 5906 smrsh/smrsh.8 5907 smrsh/smrsh.c 5908 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 5909 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 5910 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 5911 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 5912 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 5913 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 5914 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 5915 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 5916 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 5917 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 5918 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 5919 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 5920 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 5921 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 5922 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 5923 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 5924 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 5925 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 5926 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 5927 src/aliases.0 5928 src/mailq.0 5929 src/mime.c 5930 src/newaliases.0 5931 src/sendmail.0 5932 test/t_seteuid.c 5933 RENAMED FILES: 5934 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 5935 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 5936 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 5937 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 5938 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 5939 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 5940 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 5941 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 5942 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 5943 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 5944 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 5945 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 5946 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 5947 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 5948 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 5949 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 5950 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 5951 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 5952 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 5953 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 5954 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 5955 OBSOLETED FILES: 5956 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 5957 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 5958 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 5959 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 5960 cf/cf/knecht.mc 5961 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 5962 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 5963 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 5964 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 5965 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 5966 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 5967 contrib/rcpt-streaming 5968 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 5969 59708.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 5971 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 5972 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 5973 any user (except root). 5974 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 5975 version number is unchanged. 5976 59778.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 5978 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 5979 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 5980 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 5981 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 5982 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 5983 each other!). 5984 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 5985 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 5986 than fork(). 5987 59888.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 5989 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 5990 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 5991 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 5992 message when attempted from IDENT. 5993 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 5994 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 5995 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 5996 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 5997 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 5998 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 5999 partial lines. 6000 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 6001 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 6002 Rob McMahon. 6003 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 6004 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 6005 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 6006 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 6007 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 6008 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 6009 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 6010 Novell Labs Europe. 6011 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 6012 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 6013 Cal State Chico. 6014 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 6015 *Hobbit*. 6016 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 6017 and Liudvikas Bukys. 6018 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 6019 from Spider Boardman. 6020 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 6021 with the binaries). 6022 60238.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 6024 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 6025 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 6026 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 6027 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 6028 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 6029 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 6030 implications. 6031 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 6032 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 6033 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 6034 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 6035 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 6036 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 6037 University of Texas. 6038 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 6039 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 6040 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 6041 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 6042 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 6043 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 6044 Data General. 6045 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 6046 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 6047 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 6048 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 6049 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 6050 with a lot of arguments). 6051 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 6052 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 6053 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 6054 Michigan. 6055 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 6056 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 6057 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 6058 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 6059 Thibault. 6060 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 6061 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 6062 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 6063 some of the map code. 6064 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 6065 with the binaries). 6066 60678.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 6068 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 6069 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 6070 may have some security implications. 6071 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 6072 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 6073 Hill of the University of Iowa. 6074 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 6075 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 6076 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 6077 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 6078 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 6079 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 6080 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 6081 option. 6082 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 6083 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 6084 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 6085 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 6086 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 6087 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 6088 Rochester. 6089 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 6090 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 6091 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 6092 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 6093 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 6094 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 6095 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 6096 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 6097 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 6098 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 6099 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 6100 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 6101 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 6102 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 6103 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 6104 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 6105 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 6106 messages. 6107 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 6108 message to explain how much space was available and 6109 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 6110 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 6111 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 6112 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 6113 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 6114 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 6115 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 6116 moves things more towards what will probably become a 6117 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 6118 Kapor Enterprises. 6119 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 6120 without recompiling. 6121 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 6122 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 6123 purely cosmetic. 6124 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 6125 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 6126 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 6127 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 6128 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 6129 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 6130 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 6131 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 6132 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 6133 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 6134 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 6135 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 6136 Wolfhugel. 6137 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 6138 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 6139 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 6140 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 6141 refused" response, and that the connection can be 6142 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 6143 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 6144 size around and can never start listening to connections 6145 again. The down side is that someone could start up 6146 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 6147 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 6148 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 6149 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 6150 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 6151 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 6152 implications. 6153 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 6154 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 6155 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 6156 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 6157 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 6158 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 6159 doc directory. This includes some additional 6160 information. 6161 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 6162 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 6163 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 6164 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 6165 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 6166 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 6167 loop the mail, which was bad news. 6168 Portability fixes: 6169 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 6170 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 6171 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 6172 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 6173 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 6174 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 6175 Newcastle upon Tyne. 6176 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 6177 Corporation. 6178 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 6179 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 6180 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 6181 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 6182 New Files: 6183 src/Makefile.CLIX 6184 src/Makefile.NCR3000 6185 doc/changes/Makefile 6186 doc/changes/changes.me 6187 doc/changes/changes.ps 6188 61898.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 6190 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 6191 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 6192 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 6193 61948.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 6195 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 6196 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 6197 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 6198 list. 6199 62008.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 6201 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 6202 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 6203 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 6204 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 6205 valid shell. 6206 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 6207 in the connection cache for a long time under some 6208 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 6209 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 6210 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 6211 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 6212 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 6213 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 6214 from a local user to another local user. From 6215 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6216 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 6217 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 6218 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6219 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 6220 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 6221 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 6222 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 6223 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 6224 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 6225 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 6226 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 6227 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 6228 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 6229 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 6230 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 6231 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 6232 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 6233 BSD-like system. 6234 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 6235 protocol entirely. 6236 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 6237 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 6238 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 6239 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 6240 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 6241 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 6242 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 6243 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 6244 files. 6245 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 6246 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 6247 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 6248 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 6249 of CMU. 6250 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 6251 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 6252 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 6253 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 6254 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 6255 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 6256 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 6257 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 6258 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 6259 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 6260 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 6261 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 6262 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 6263 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 6264 security implications. Suggested by several people. 6265 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 6266 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 6267 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 6268 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 6269 Motonori Nakamura. 6270 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 6271 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 6272 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 6273 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 6274 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 6275 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 6276 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 6277 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 6278 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 6279 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 6280 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 6281 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 6282 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 6283 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 6284 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 6285 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 6286 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 6287 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 6288 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 6289 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 6290 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6291 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 6292 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 6293 didn't see the class items being added. 6294 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 6295 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 6296 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 6297 Rutgers. 6298 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 6299 but sets h_errno to a success value. 6300 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 6301 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 6302 address specified in the P option). This fix should 6303 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 6304 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 6305 the problem myself. 6306 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 6307 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 6308 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 6309 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 6310 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 6311 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 6312 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 6313 UUNET. 6314 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 6315 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 6316 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 6317 John Oleynick. 6318 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 6319 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 6320 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 6321 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 6322 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 6323 Nakamura. 6324 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 6325 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 6326 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 6327 University of Washington. 6328 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 6329 don't have an ``=value'' part. 6330 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 6331 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 6332 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 6333 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 6334 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 6335 of Cambridge University. 6336 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 6337 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 6338 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 6339 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 6340 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 6341 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 6342 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 6343 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 6344 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 6345 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 6346 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 6347 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 6348 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 6349 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 6350 a chance. 6351 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 6352 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 6353 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 6354 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 6355 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 6356 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 6357 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 6358 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 6359 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 6360 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 6361 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 6362 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 6363 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 6364 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 6365 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 6366 size for various mailers. 6367 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 6368 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 6369 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 6370 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 6371 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 6372 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 6373 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 6374 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 6375 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 6376 system. 6377 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 6378 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 6379 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 6380 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 6381 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 6382 Michel of Thomson CSF. 6383 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 6384 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 6385 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 6386 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 6387 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 6388 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 6389 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 6390 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 6391 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 6392 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 6393 University of Sydney. 6394 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 6395 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 6396 This is because of the known bug where definition of 6397 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 6398 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 6399 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 6400 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 6401 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 6402 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 6403 Suominen. 6404 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 6405 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 6406 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 6407 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 6408 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 6409 Suominen. 6410 Portability fixes: 6411 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 6412 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6413 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 6414 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 6415 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 6416 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 6417 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 6418 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 6419 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 6420 NEW FILES: 6421 src/Makefile.DomainOS 6422 src/Makefile.PTX 6423 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 6424 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 6425 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 6426 src/mailq.1 6427 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 6428 doc/op/Makefile 6429 doc/intro/Makefile 6430 doc/usenix/Makefile 6431 64328.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 6433 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 6434 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 6435 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 6436 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 6437 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 6438 permissions they should not have had (usually group 6439 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 6440 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 6441 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 6442 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 6443 Although this does not respond to a specific known 6444 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 6445 Christian Wettergren. 6446 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 6447 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 6448 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 6449 program by putting that in their .forward file. 6450 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 6451 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 6452 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 6453 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 6454 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 6455 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 6456 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 6457 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 6458 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 6459 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 6460 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 6461 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 6462 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 6463 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 6464 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 6465 connection to create problems on the current job. 6466 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 6467 the wrong place. 6468 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 6469 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 6470 problem that ignored the load average in locally 6471 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 6472 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 6473 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 6474 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 6475 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 6476 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 6477 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 6478 when sending error messages. This resulted in 6479 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 6480 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 6481 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 6482 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 6483 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 6484 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 6485 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 6486 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 6487 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 6488 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 6489 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 6490 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 6491 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 6492 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 6493 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 6494 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 6495 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 6496 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 6497 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 6498 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 6499 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 6500 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 6501 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 6502 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 6503 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 6504 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 6505 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 6506 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 6507 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 6508 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 6509 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 6510 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 6511 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 6512 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 6513 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 6514 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 6515 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 6516 dot convention. 6517 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 6518 of from a clean exit. 6519 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 6520 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 6521 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 6522 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 6523 as the subject of an error message, even though the 6524 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 6525 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 6526 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 6527 Jones of UUNET. 6528 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 6529 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 6530 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 6531 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 6532 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 6533 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 6534 says that they should be ignored. 6535 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 6536 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 6537 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 6538 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 6539 is not reentrant. 6540 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 6541 documented in the Bat Book. 6542 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 6543 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 6544 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 6545 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 6546 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 6547 code during some parts of connection initialization. 6548 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 6549 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 6550 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 6551 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 6552 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6553 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 6554 of Kyoto University. 6555 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 6556 From P{r Emanuelsson. 6557 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 6558 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 6559 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 6560 Bryan Costales. 6561 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 6562 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 6563 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 6564 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 6565 Nakamura. 6566 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 6567 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 6568 illegal addresses appearing there). 6569 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 6570 BB&N. 6571 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 6572 included. 6573 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 6574 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 6575 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 6576 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 6577 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 6578 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 6579 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 6580 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 6581 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 6582 by the other end closing the connection. From 6583 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 6584 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 6585 to include a host name or other useful information. 6586 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 6587 DeMarco. 6588 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 6589 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 6590 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 6591 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 6592 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 6593 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 6594 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 6595 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 6596 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 6597 this properly). 6598 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 6599 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 6600 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 6601 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 6602 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 6603 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 6604 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 6605 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 6606 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 6607 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 6608 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 6609 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 6610 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 6611 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 6612 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 6613 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 6614 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 6615 of the Institute for Global Communications. 6616 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 6617 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 6618 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 6619 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 6620 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 6621 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 6622 Portability fixes for: 6623 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 6624 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 6625 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 6626 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 6627 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 6628 of Stoner Associates. 6629 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 6630 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 6631 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 6632 of Maryland. 6633 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 6634 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 6635 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 6636 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 6637 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 6638 RISC/os. 6639 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 6640 at Chico. 6641 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 6642 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 6643 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 6644 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 6645 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 6646 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 6647 since this is intended only for internal use, the 6648 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 6649 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 6650 addresses when relaying internally. 6651 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 6652 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 6653 provided by Peter Wemm. 6654 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 6655 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 6656 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 6657 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 6658 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 6659 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 6660 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 6661 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 6662 names. 6663 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 6664 rather than letting them get "local configuration 6665 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 6666 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 6667 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 6668 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 6669 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 6670 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 6671 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 6672 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 6673 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 6674 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 6675 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 6676 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 6677 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 6678 of Georgia Tech. 6679 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 6680 Jim Murray of Stratus. 6681 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 6682 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 6683 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 6684 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 6685 the local name prepended. 6686 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 6687 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 6688 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 6689 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 6690 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 6691 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 6692 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 6693 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 6694 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 6695 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 6696 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 6697 :include: files and accounts that have shells 6698 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 6699 cause some .forward files that have worked 6700 before to start failing. 6701 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 6702 NEW FILES: 6703 src/Makefile.DGUX 6704 src/Makefile.Dynix 6705 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 6706 src/Makefile.Mach386 6707 src/Makefile.NetBSD 6708 src/Makefile.RISCos 6709 src/Makefile.SCO 6710 src/Makefile.SVR4 6711 src/Makefile.Titan 6712 cf/mailer/pop.m4 6713 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 6714 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 6715 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 6716 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 6717 makemap/Makefile.dist 6718 praliases/Makefile.dist 6719 67208.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 6721 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 6722 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 6723 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 6724 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 6725 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 6726 class of attack. 6727 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 6728 in a few critical places. 6729 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 6730 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 6731 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 6732 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 6733 and High-Energy Physics. 6734 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 6735 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 6736 Eric Wassenaar. 6737 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 6738 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 6739 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 6740 Wassenaar. 6741 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 6742 really become relevant in the next release, but some 6743 people need it for local patches. From Michael 6744 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 6745 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 6746 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 6747 these can have different values depending on which 6748 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 6749 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 6750 what uid/gid processes ran as. 6751 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 6752 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 6753 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 6754 postmaster" case. 6755 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 6756 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 6757 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 6758 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 6759 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 6760 Christopher Davis. 6761 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 6762 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 6763 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 6764 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6765 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 6766 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 6767 67688.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 6769 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 6770 addresses that get return-receipts. 6771 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 6772 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 6773 and end up sending the message several times. 6774 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 6775 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 6776 four hours". 6777 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 6778 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 6779 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 6780 Cornell University Medical College. 6781 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 6782 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 6783 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 6784 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 6785 Wassenaar. 6786 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 6787 connections fail during message collection. From 6788 Eric Wassenaar. 6789 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 6790 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 6791 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 6792 Stratus. 6793 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 6794 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 6795 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6796 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 6797 by non-root users were not put into 6798 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 6799 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 6800 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 6801 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 6802 could get confused as to whether a database was 6803 open or not. 6804 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 6805 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 6806 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 6807 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 6808 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 6809 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 6810 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 6811 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 6812 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 6813 68148.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 6815 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 6816 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 6817 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 6818 propagated to the queue file. 6819 68208.6/8.6 1993/10/05 6821 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 6822 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 6823 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 6824 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 6825 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 6826 header files but don't have the syscall. 6827 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 6828 if trymx == FALSE. 6829 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 6830 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 6831 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 6832 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 6833 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 6834 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 6835 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 6836 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 6837 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 6838 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 6839 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 6840 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 6841 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 6842 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 6843 Kanbe. 6844 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 6845 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 6846 Wisner of The Well. 6847 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 6848 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 6849 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 6850 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 6851 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 6852 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 6853 files that you should be able to read but have previously 6854 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 6855 read permission. 6856 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 6857 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 6858 MX suppression will still work. 6859 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 6860 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 6861 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 6862 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 6863 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 6864 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 6865 Nakamura. 6866 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 6867 "CX $Z" works. 6868 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 6869 trying to send the original message if the connection 6870 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 6871 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 6872 by John Myers of CMU. 6873 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 6874 term bug. 6875 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 6876 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 6877 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 6878 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 6879 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 6880 queue interval. This is an important fix. 6881 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 6882 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 6883 ruleset testing a bit easier. 6884 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 6885 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 6886 level. 6887 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 6888 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 6889 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 6890 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 6891 address. 6892 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 6893 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 6894 Harvey Mudd College. 6895 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 6896 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 6897 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 6898 their full name information. 6899 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 6900 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 6901 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 6902 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 6903 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 6904 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 6905 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 6906 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 6907 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6908 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 6909 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 6910 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 6911 PC TCP/IP implementations. 6912 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 6913 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 6914 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 6915 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 6916 names. 6917 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 6918 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 6919 helpful. 6920 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 6921 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 6922 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 6923 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6924 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 6925 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 6926 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 6927 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 6928 that claims to be itself works properly. 6929 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 6930 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 6931 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 6932 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 6933 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 6934 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 6935 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 6936 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 6937 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 6938 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 6939 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 6940 scratch. 6941 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 6942 true address to still send to the original address 6943 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 6944 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 6945 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 6946 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 6947 more trouble than it was worth. 6948 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 6949 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 6950 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 6951 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 6952 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 6953 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 6954 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 6955 the queue. 6956 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 6957 messages don't come out with stale information. 6958 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 6959 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 6960 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 6961 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 6962 Myers of CMU. 6963 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 6964 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 6965 Corrigan. 6966 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 6967 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 6968 sender address. 6969 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 6970 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 6971 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 6972 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 6973 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 6974 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 6975 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 6976 that does bulk data transfer). 6977 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 6978 Amir Plivatsky. 6979 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 6980 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 6981 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 6982 bogus config files that were not caught. 6983 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 6984 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 6985 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 6986 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 6987 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 6988 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 6989 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 6990 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 6991 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 6992 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 6993 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 6994 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 6995 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 6996 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 6997 opened or if running with no database format defined. 6998 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 6999 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 7000 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 7001 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 7002 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 7003 Melbourne. 7004 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 7005 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 7006 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 7007 to match regular entries. 7008 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 7009 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 7010 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 7011 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 7012 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 7013 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 7014 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 7015 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 7016 error message so that the "subject" line of return 7017 messages is the best possible. 7018 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 7019 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 7020 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 7021 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 7022 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 7023 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 7024 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 7025 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 7026 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 7027 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 7028 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 7029 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 7030 on the address. 7031 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 7032 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 7033 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 7034 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 7035 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 7036 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 7037 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 7038 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 7039 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 7040 addresses in any detail. 7041 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 7042 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 7043 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 7044 with an address such as "!foo". 7045 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 7046 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 7047 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 7048 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 7049 Bret Marquis. 7050 70518.5/8.5 1993/07/23 7052 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 7053 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 7054 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 7055 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 7056 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 7057 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 7058 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 7059 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 7060 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 7061 Nakamura. 7062 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 7063 are no DNS records matching the name. 7064 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 7065 original message was received ... from localhost". 7066 The correct original host information is now included. 7067 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 7068 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 7069 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 7070 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 7071 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 7072 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 7073 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 7074 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 7075 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 7076 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 7077 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 7078 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 7079 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 7080 70818.4/8.4 1993/07/22 7082 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 7083 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 7084 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 7085 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 7086 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 7087 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 7088 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 7089 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 7090 are really configuration errors. This option is 7091 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 7092 UIUC sendmail. 7093 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 7094 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 7095 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 7096 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 7097 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 7098 by Neil Rickert. 7099 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 7100 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 7101 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 7102 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 7103 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 7104 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 7105 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 7106 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 7107 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 7108 of dickering with error handling (see below). 7109 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 7110 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 7111 humans. 7112 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 7113 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 7114 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 7115 repaired). 7116 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 7117 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 7118 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 7119 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 7120 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 7121 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 7122 connection rather than sending QUIT. 7123 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 7124 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 7125 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 7126 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 7127 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 7128 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 7129 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 7130 core dumps on some machines. 7131 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 7132 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 7133 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 7134 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 7135 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 7136 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 7137 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 7138 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 7139 some true error conditions. 7140 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 7141 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 7142 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 7143 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 7144 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 7145 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 7146 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 7147 by Motonori Nakamura. 7148 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 7149 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 7150 caused error messages to be handled differently during 7151 a queue run than a direct run. 7152 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 7153 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 7154 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 7155 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 7156 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 7157 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 7158 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 7159 restart it. 7160 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 7161 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 7162 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 7163 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 7164 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 7165 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 7166 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 7167 is appropriately functional. 7168 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 7169 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 7170 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 7171 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 7172 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 7173 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 7174 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 7175 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 7176 Technologies. 7177 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 7178 process group id. The original fix was to get around 7179 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 7180 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 7181 different from the process id. I could try to fix 7182 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 7183 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 7184 things. 7185 Portability changes: 7186 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 7187 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 7188 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 7189 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 7190 of Colorado. 7191 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 7192 help other strict ANSI compilers. 7193 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 7194 Corporation. 7195 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 7196 documentation apparently doesn't define 7197 __STDC__ by default). 7198 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 7199 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 7200 Motonori Nakamura. 7201 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 7202 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 7203 several people have made a good argument that this 7204 creates more problems than it solves (although this 7205 may prove painful in the short run). 7206 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 7207 format. 7208 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 7209 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 7210 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 7211 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 7212 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 7213 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 7214 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 7215 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 7216 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 7217 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 7218 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 7219 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 7220 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 7221 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 7222 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 7223 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 7224 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 7225 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 7226 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 7227 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 7228 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 7229 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 7230 environments. Ugly as sin. 7231 72328.3/8.3 1993/07/13 7233 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 7234 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 7235 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 7236 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 7237 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 7238 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 7239 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 7240 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 7241 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 7242 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 7243 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 7244 "user friendly". 7245 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 7246 16 bytes/sec. 7247 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 7248 compatibility library. This also adds a new 7249 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 7250 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 7251 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 7252 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 7253 for quick test cases. 7254 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 7255 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 7256 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 7257 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 7258 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 7259 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 7260 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 7261 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 7262 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 7263 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 7264 From Michael Corrigan. 7265 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 7266 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 7267 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 7268 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 7269 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 7270 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 7271 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 7272 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 7273 Christophe Wolfhugel. 7274 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 7275 72768.2/8.2 1993/07/11 7277 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 7278 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 7279 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 7280 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 7281 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 7282 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 7283 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 7284 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 7285 from Bill Wisner. 7286 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 7287 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 7288 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 7289 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 7290 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 7291 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 7292 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 7293 match the other flags in that file. 7294 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 7295 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 7296 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 7297 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 7298 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 7299 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 7300 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 7301 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 7302 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 7303 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 7304 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 7305 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 7306 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 7307 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 7308 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 7309 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 7310 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 7311 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 7312 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 7313 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 7314 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 7315 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 7316 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 7317 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 7318 the root and directories leading up to your home); 7319 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 7320 be owned by you. 7321 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 7322 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 7323 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 7324 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 7325 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 7326 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 7327 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 7328 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 7329 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 7330 is separate; this is just intended to work around 7331 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 7332 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 7333 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 7334 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 7335 matching without a null it never tries again with a 7336 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 7337 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 7338 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 7339 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 7340 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 7341 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 7342 it adapts. 7343 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 7344 will insert the appropriate full name information; 7345 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 7346 way. 7347 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 7348 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 7349 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 7350 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 7351 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 7352 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 7353 only happen when there has been another error in the 7354 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 7355 by default in conf.h. 7356 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 7357 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 7358 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 7359 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 7360 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 7361 This output is not intended to be particularly human 7362 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 7363 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 7364 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 7365 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 7366 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 7367 See cf/README for an example. 7368 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 7369 sites that don't use the -d flag. 7370 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 7371 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 7372 has been requested by several people, but can break 7373 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 7374 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 7375 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 7376 broken. Use it sparingly. 7377 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 7378 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 7379 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 7380 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 7381 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 7382 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 7383 Bill Wisner of The Well. 7384 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 7385 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 7386 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 7387 73888.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 7389 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 7390 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 7391 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 7392 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 7393 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 7394 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 7395 73968.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 7397 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 7398 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 7399 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 7400 74018.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 7402 Another mailertable fix.... 7403 74048.1/8.1 1993/06/07 7405 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 7406